NCR 7167 Owners Manual

NCR7167TwoStationPOSPrinter
Release1.0
OwnersManual
B005-000-1406
Revision C
November, 2003
TheproductdescribedinthisbookisalicensedproductofNCRCorporation.
NCRistheregisteredtrademarkofNCRCorporation.Othertrademarksandregisteredtrademarksarethepropertyoftheir
respectiveholders.
ItisthepolicyofNCRCorporation(NCR)toimproveproductsasnewtechnology,components,software,andfirmware
becomeavailable.NCR,therefore,reservestherighttochangespecificationswithoutpriornotice.
Allfeatures,functions,andoperationsdescribedhereinmaynotbemarketedbyNCRinallpartsoftheworld.Insome
instances,photographsareofequipmentprototypes.Therefore,beforeusingthisdocument,consultwithyourNCR
representativeorNCRofficeforinformationthatisapplicableandcurrent.
Tomaintainthequalityofourpublications,weneedyourcommentsontheaccuracy,clarity,organization,andvalueofthis
book.
Addresscorrespondenceto:
RetailSystemsGroupAtlanta
NCRCorporation
2651SatelliteBlvd.
Duluth,GA30136
Copyright2003
ByNCRCorporation
Dayton,OhioU.S.A.
AllRightsReserved
ii
ImportantInformationtotheUser
InordertoensurecompliancewiththeProductSafety,FCCandCEmarkingrequirements,youmustusethepowersupply,
powercord,andinterfacecablewhichwereshippedwiththisproductorwhichmeetthefollowingparameters:
PowerSupply
ULListed(QQGQ),Class2powersupplywithSELV(SecondaryExtraLowVoltage),nonenergyhazardoutput,limited
energysource,inputrated100240Vac,1.5/0.8A,50/60Hz,outputrated24Vdc,2.3A.or3.15A
UseofthisproductwithapowersupplyotherthantheNCRpowersupplywillrequireyoutotestthispowersupplyand
NCRprinterforFCCandCEmarkcertification.
InterfaceCable
Ashielded(360degree)interfacecablemustbeusedwiththisproduct.Theshieldmustbeconnectedtotheframeorearth
groundconnectionorearthgroundreferenceatEACHendofthecable.
UseofacableotherthandescribedherewillrequirethatyoutestthiscablewiththeNCRprinterandyoursystemforFCC
andCEmarkcertification.
PowerCord
AULlisted,detachablepowercordmustbeusedforthisproduct.Forapplicationswherethepowersupplymodulemaybe
mountedonthefloor,apowercordwithTypeSJTmarkingmustbeused.ForapplicationsoutsidetheUS,powercordswhich
meettheparticularcountryscertificationandapplicationrequirementsshouldbeused.
Useofapowercordotherthandescribedheremayresultinaviolationofsafetycertificationswhichareinforceinthe
countryofuse.
iii
FederalCommunicationsCommission(FCC)
RadioFrequencyInterferenceStatement
Warning:Changesormodificationstothisunitnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsibleforcompliancecouldvoidthe
usersauthoritytooperatetheequipment.
Note:ThisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywiththelimitsforaClassAdigitaldevice,pursuanttoPart15of
theFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovidereasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferencewhentheequipmentis
operatedinacommercialenvironment.Thisequipmentgenerates,uses,andcanradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnot
installedandusedinaccordancewiththeinstructionmanual,maycauseharmfulinterferencetoradiocommunications.
Operationofthisequipmentinaresidentialareaislikelytocauseharmfulinterferenceinwhichcasetheuserwillberequired
tocorrecttheinterferenceathisownexpense.
CommunicationCables
ShieldedcommunicationcablesmustbeusedwiththisunittoensurecompliancewiththeClassAFCClimits.
InformationtoUser
Thisequipmentmustbeinstalledandusedinstrictaccordancewiththemanufacturersinstructions.However,thereisno
guaranteethatinterferencetoradiocommunicationswillnotoccurinaparticularcommercialinstallation.Ifthisequipment
doescauseinterference,whichcanbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffandon,theuserisencouragedtocontactNCR
immediately.
TheNCRcompanyisnotresponsibleforanyradioortelevisioninterferencecausedbyunauthorizedmodificationofthis
equipmentorthesubstitutionorattachmentofconnectingcablesandequipmentotherthanthosespecifiedbyNCR.The
correctionofinterferencescausedbysuchunauthorizedmodification,substitutionorattachmentwillbetheresponsibilityof
theuser.
IndustryCanada(IC)
RadioFrequencyInterferenceStatement
ThisClassAdigitalapparatusmeetsallrequirementsoftheCanadianInterferenceCausingEquipmentRegulations.
CetappareilnumriquedelaclasseArespectetouteslesexigencesduRglementsurlematrielbrouilleurduCanada.
iv
Quick Reference
ThisQuickReferencewilldirectyoutokeyareasoftheServiceManual.Foracomplete
listingoftopics,consulttheTableofContentsortheIndex.
SettingUpthePrinter .................................................... page9

Basicrequirementsforunpackingandinstallation,connectingtheprinter,turningiton,
andrunningtheprinttest.
Diagnostics .................................................................... page53

Proceduresforsettinguptheprinterforitemssuchascommunications,diagnostics,and
otherprinteroptions.
PrinterCommands........................................................ page83
Printerfirmwarecommands
How to Use this Book

Usethisbookasageneralandtechnicalreferencemanualandasaguidewhenreplacing
partsontheprinter.Theserviceguideisintendedasaguideforservicerepresentatives,
fieldengineers,andthosewhowillbeinstallingandlearningaboutthe7167printer.Itcan
alsobeusedasareferenceforservicecourses.
SeetheQuickReferencepage,theContents,ortheIndexfordetailedlistingsofwhatis
containedinthisbook.
Who Should Use this Book?

Youmustbeatrainedservicerepresentativetoservicethe7167ThermalReceiptand
Impactprinter.
How to Obtain More Information

Formoreinformationseethefollowingdocuments:
7167 Two - Station POS Printer: Service Manual (B005-000-1407)

7167 Two - Station POS Printer: Parts Identification Manual (B005-000-1408)
ForthisandadditionalcopiesoftheOwnersManual,contactyoursalesrepresentative.
Revision Record
Issue
Date
Remarks
Mar2003
Firstprinting
May2003
Updatetoreflectfirstproductionconfiguration.
November2003
Updatedtoaddthe7167checkscaninformation.
vi
7167 Owners Manual
Contents
Contents
Quick Reference........................................................................................................................... v
How to Use this Book......................................................................................................... vi
Who Should Use this Book?............................................................................................... vi
How to Obtain More Information....................................................................................... vi
Revision Record.......................................................................................................................... vi
Contents ..................................................................................................................................... vii
Chapter1:Aboutthe7167Printer ...................................................................................................................................... 1
Features and Options.................................................................................................................... 2
Receipt Station..................................................................................................................... 2
Slip Station .......................................................................................................................... 2
Receipt and Slip Print Stations ............................................................................................ 3
General Features.................................................................................................................. 3
Options ................................................................................................................................ 4
Thermal Print Head...................................................................................................................... 5
Impact Print Head ........................................................................................................................ 5
Ordering Paper and Supplies........................................................................................................ 6
Ordering Thermal Receipt Paper ......................................................................................... 6
Ordering Ribbon Cassettes .................................................................................................. 7
Ordering Other Supplies...................................................................................................... 8
Ordering Documentation ..................................................................................................... 8
Cleaning the Printer ..................................................................................................................... 9
Cleaning the Cabinet ........................................................................................................... 9
Cleaning the Thermal Print Head ........................................................................................ 9
Cleaning the Scanner Sensor ............................................................................................... 9
Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer ..................................................................................................................... 11
What Is in the Box?.................................................................................................................... 11
Removing the Packing Material ........................................................................................ 12
Re Packing the Printer ....................................................................................................... 13
Choosing a Location .................................................................................................................. 13
c) Wall mounted Power Supply (Option) .......................................................................... 14
Setting Switches......................................................................................................................... 15
Printer Reset ...................................................................................................................... 16
Using the Printer ........................................................................................................................ 19
Loading and Changing the Receipt Paper .................................................................................. 20
Removing the Paper Roll................................................................................................... 21
Loading the Paper Roll ...................................................................................................... 22
Advancing Paper ............................................................................................................... 23
Installing and Changing the Ribbon Cassette ............................................................................ 23
Removing the Ribbon Cassette.......................................................................................... 23
Installing the Ribbon Cassette ........................................................................................... 24
Printing on Forms or Checks ..................................................................................................... 25
Validating and Verifying Checks............................................................................................... 27
About the Universal Serial Bus.................................................................................................. 29
Advantages of USB connections ....................................................................................... 29
Advantages of the NCR USB Solution.............................................................................. 29
Checking for USB Support on the Host Computer .................................................................... 29
Host Configuration ............................................................................................................ 30
Installing the USB Printer Drivers ............................................................................................. 31
Checking the Installation ........................................................................................................... 41
Configuring Serial Port Number Assignments........................................................................... 44
November 2003
vii
Contents
7167 Owners Manual
Running the Edgeport Utility ............................................................................................ 45

Serial Port Configuration Methods.................................................................................... 45
Uninstalling the Drivers..................................................................................................... 46
Chapter 3: Solving Problems ............................................................................................................................................... 48
Green LED Does Not Come On/Printer Will Not Print............................................................. 48
Green LED Blinking (Slow) ...................................................................................................... 49
Green LED Blinking (Fast)........................................................................................................ 49
Slip or Forms Printing is Light .................................................................................................. 50
Receipt Printing is Light or Spotty............................................................................................. 51
LED (Slip Table) Does Not Come On ....................................................................................... 51
Forms Skew or Catch................................................................................................................. 51
MICR Check Reader Not Reading Properly .............................................................................. 52
Other Serious Problems ............................................................................................................. 52
Contacting a Service Representative.......................................................................................... 52
Chapter 4: Diagnostics.......................................................................................................................................................... 53
Level 0 Diagnostics.................................................................................................................... 53
Printer Configuration......................................................................................................... 54
Configuring the Printer...................................................................................................... 56
Communication Interface Modes ...................................................................................... 58
Diagnostic Modes.............................................................................................................. 60
Emulation/Software Options ............................................................................................. 64
Hardware Options.............................................................................................................. 68
Default Code Page............................................................................................................. 71
Chapter 5: Communication.................................................................................................................................................. 75
Communication Overview ......................................................................................................... 75
Interface............................................................................................................................. 75
Sending Commands........................................................................................................... 75
RS-232C Interface ..................................................................................................................... 76
Print Speed and Timing ..................................................................................................... 76
XON/XOFF Protocol......................................................................................................... 77
DTR/DSR Protocol............................................................................................................ 77
RS-232C Technical Specifications .................................................................................... 78
RS-232C 9-Pin to 9-Pin Cable Diagram............................................................................ 78
USB Cable Connector ....................................................................................................... 79
Power Cable Connector ..................................................................................................... 79
Cash Drawer Connector and Pin Assignments .................................................................. 80
Setting Extra RS-232C Options......................................................................................... 81
Chapter 6: Commands.......................................................................................................................................................... 83
Introduction................................................................................................................................ 83
List of Commands and Location ................................................................................................ 83
By Command Code ........................................................................................................... 84
Printer Function Commands.............................................................................................. 90
Vertical Positioning and Print............................................................................................ 91
Horizontal Positioning Commands.................................................................................... 92
Print Characteristic Commands ......................................................................................... 93
Graphics Commands ......................................................................................................... 94
Status Commands .............................................................................................................. 94
Real Time Commands ....................................................................................................... 95
Auto Status Back Commands ............................................................................................ 95
Bar Code Commands......................................................................................................... 95
viii
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Contents
Macro Commands ............................................................................................................. 96

MICR Check Reader Commands ...................................................................................... 96
MICR Parsing.................................................................................................................... 96
User Data Storage Commands........................................................................................... 97
Asian Character Commands .............................................................................................. 97
Scanner Function Commands ............................................................................................ 98
Flash Download Commands.............................................................................................. 99
Printer Function Commands............................................................................................ 103
Vertical Positioning and Print Commands....................................................................... 118
Horizontal Positioning Commands.................................................................................. 127
Print Characteristic Commands ....................................................................................... 134
Graphics Commands ....................................................................................................... 154
Status Commands ............................................................................................................ 163
Real Time Commands ..................................................................................................... 178
Auto Status Back Commands .......................................................................................... 186
Page Mode Commands.................................................................................................... 197
Macro Commands ........................................................................................................... 205
MICR Commands............................................................................................................ 207
MICR Parsing.................................................................................................................. 208
Check Flip Command...................................................................................................... 219
User Data Storage Commands......................................................................................... 219
Asian Character Commands ............................................................................................ 228
Scanner Function Commands .......................................................................................... 232
Flash Download Commands............................................................................................ 256
Appendix A: Specifications ................................................................................................................................................ 263
Printing Specifications ............................................................................................................. 263
Power Requirements ................................................................................................................ 264
Environmental Conditions ....................................................................................................... 264
Reliability................................................................................................................................. 265
Dimensions and Weight ........................................................................................................... 265
Density of Receipt Print Lines ................................................................................................. 265
Duty Cycle Restrictions (Printing Solid Blocks) ..................................................................... 266
Appendix B: Print Characteristics .................................................................................................................................... 267
Character Size .......................................................................................................................... 267
Receipt Station................................................................................................................. 267
Slip Station ...................................................................................................................... 268
Print Zones............................................................................................................................... 271
Receipt Station................................................................................................................. 271
Slip Station ...................................................................................................................... 272
Slip Form Parameters ...................................................................................................... 274
Check Size....................................................................................................................... 275
MICR Media Requirements............................................................................................. 275
Appendix C: Character Sets ............................................................................................................................................. 276
Index..................................................................................................................................................................................... 331
November 2003
ix
Contents
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer
Chapter1:Aboutthe7167Printer
Receipt
Receipt Cover
LED
Paper Feed
Button
Front Cover
Slip Table
LED
Slip or
Check
Extended
Slip Table
The7167printerisafast,quiet,relativelysmallandveryreliablemultiple
functionprinter.Itprintsreceipts,validatesandprintschecks,andprintsona
varietyofsingleormultiplepartforms.Thereisnojournalasitiskept
electronicallybythehostcomputer.
TheindustrystandardRS232Ccommunicationinterfaceallowsthe7167tobe
connectedtoanyhostcomputerthatusesRS232CorUSBcommunication
interface.
Withthermalprintingtechnologyonthemorefrequentlyusedreceiptstation,
thereisnoribboncassettetochangeandpaperloadingisextremelysimple.
Printingonsingleormultiplepartforms,validatingchecks,andprintingchecks
isalsoeasyintheaccommodatingslipstation.Anadditionaloptionisthe
MagneticInkCharacterRecognition(MICR)checkreaderwithparsingwhich
readsaccountnumbersonchecksforeasyverification.Anextendedsliptableis
availableforhandlinglargeformsandisstandardwiththeMICRoption.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Features and Options

The7167printercomeswithseveralfeaturesandoptions.
Receipt Station
Thermal printing
Standard pitch (host selectable): 15.2 characters per inch, 44 columns
Compressed pitch (host selectable): 19.0 characters per inch, 56 columns
Resident bar codes
Code39
Code93
Code128
UPCA
UPCE
JAN8(EAN)
JAN13(EAN)
Interleaved2of5
Codabar
PDF417
Drop-in paper loading requiring no spindle or threading paper

Paper low indicator
Paper exhaust indicator
Slip Station
Bi-directional, impact printing
Standard pitch (host selectable): 13.9 characters per inch, 45 columns
Compressed pitch (host selectable): 17.1 characters per inch, 55 columns
Printing of forms up to five plies
Frontinsertionofformswithformsstop
Sideinsertionofformswithoverrideofformsstop
Automaticandmanualinsertionofforms
Form alignment sensors and Slip In LED indicator

Horizontal flat-bed slip table with optional extension (standard with MICR check reader)
Snap-on ribbon cassette
Resident bar codes
Code39
Code93
Code128
UPCA
UPCE
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
JAN8(EAN)
JAN13(EAN)
Interleaved2of5
Codabar
Receipt and Slip Print Stations

Variety of print modes: double high (receipt station only), double strike (slip station only), double
wide, upside down, and rotated
14 resident character language Code Pages:
PCCodePage437(USEnglish)
PCCodePage850(Multilingual)
PCCodePage852(Slavic)
PCCodePage858(withEuosymbol)
PCCodePage860(Portuguese)
PCCodePage862(Hebrew)
PCCodePage863(FrenchCanadian)
PCCodePage864(Arabic)
PCCodePage865(Nordic)
PCCodePage866(Cyrillic)
PCCodePage874(Thai)
PCCodePage1252(WindowsLatin#1)
PCCodePageKatakana
SpacePage
CodePage932*
CodePage936*
CodePage949*
CodePage950*
16K RAM for downloaded character sets or bit-mapped graphics (such as logos)
General Features
Knife
Cover open sensors
Industry standard RS-232C and USB communication interface
One cash drawer connector (supports 2 cash drawers)
History EEROM for custom settings
Audible tone (controlled by application)
Note: The 7167 does not have a paper journal. The journal is kept electronically by the
host computer.
*
Not supported by model 7167-1035 and 7167-2035.

November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Options
Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) check reader built into the slip station for verifying
checks (includes custom MICR field parsing). E13B and CMC-7 is support with auto sensing of the
MICR type provided.
Extended slip table for handling large forms (standard with MICR check reader)
Remote power supply
Check Scanning function
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Thermal Print Head

The7167ReceiptStationusesathermalprintheadforprintingreceipts,andisextremely
fastandquiet.Sinceitusesheattoprintdirectlyonpaper,thereisnocassetteorribbonto
change,eliminatingsoiledfingersandpaperdust.
Thereisnoregularlyscheduledmaintenancefortheprintheadanditdoesnotneedtobe
regularlycleaned.However,ifitdoesappeardirty,wipeitwithcottonswabsandrubbing
alcohol.Ifspottyorlightprintingproblemspersistafterthethermalprintheadhasbeen
cleaned,seeChapter3:SolvingProblemsformoreinformation.
Note:Thethermalprintheaddoesnotnormallyrequirecleaningiftherecommended
paperisused.Ifnonrecommendedpaperhasbeenusedforanextendedperiodoftime,
cleaningtheprintheadwithcottonswabsandrubbingalcoholwillnotbeofmuchbenefit.
SeeOrderingReceiptPaperonthenextpagefortherecommendedpaper.
Theprintheadisdesignedforaverylonglife,butitmaybereplacedifneeded.Onlya
trainedservicerepresentativemayreplacetheprinthead.SeeChapter3:Solving
Problemstodetermineiftheprintheadneedstobereplaced.
Impact Print Head

Thebidirectional,impactprintheadisdesignedforaverylonglife,butitmaybe
replacedifneeded.Onlyatrainedservicetechnicianmayreplacetheimpactprinthead.
SeeChapter3:SolvingProblemstodetermineiftheprintheadneedstobereplaced.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Ordering Paper and Supplies

Thermalreceiptpaper,ribboncassettes,andformscanbeordered.Documentationisalso
available.
Ordering Thermal Receipt Paper

The7167requiresNCRqualifiedthermalpapertobeusedonthethermalreceiptprint
stationtoinsureproperoperationoftheprinter.Inadditionthepaperrollsmustbehave
thefollowingdimension.
Diameter
Length
Width
80mmmax.(3.15in.)
83meters(273ft.)
80mm.5mm(3.15.008in.)
Thepapermustnotbeattachedatthecore.Otherwisethereceiptstationwillbedamaged
whenthepaperisexhausted.
PapergradesavailablefromNCR
PaperStock
PaperGradeDescription
856911
Economy(fortextprinting)
856966
StandardSensitivity(fortextandsimplegraphics)
878559
HighSensitivity(fortext,barcodes&detailedgraphics)
856380
For improved archiveability and added resistance to

incompatible substances
856461
Red/Black
856458
Blue/Black
Thepapermustnotbeattachedatthecore.Otherwisethereceiptstationwillbedamaged
whenthepaperisexhausted.
Toorderthermalreceiptpaper,contactyoursalesrepresentativeororderfromNCRatthe
followingaddressortollfreenumber:
NCR
MediaProductsDivision
9995WashingtonChurchRoad
Miamisburg,OH45342
Voice:1(800)5438130(tollfree),orlocallistingofTheNCRMediaProductssales
office
Itiscriticalthatonlycertifiedthermalpaperbeusedwiththisprinter,otherwisedamage
mayresultcausingpoorprintqualityorcausedamagetotheprinter.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Ordering Forms
The7167printsonsingleormultiplepartformsintheslipstation(uptofivepartforms).
Formsandslipsmustmeetthefollowingrequirements:
Front insertion (minimum):

51 mm (2.0 inches) wide
70 mm (2.75 inches) long
Side insertion (minimum):
203 mm (8.0 inches) wide
51 mm (2.0 inches) long
Single-ply forms should be on paper that is greater than 15 pounds
Multiple-part forms (up to five parts) should be no thicker than .406 mm
(.016 inches)
If multi-part formare used the cardstock must be the last ply of the form.
Toorderforms,contactyoursalesrepresentativeororderfromNCRatthefollowing
addressortollfreenumber:
NCR
Miamisburg,OH45342
Voice:1(800)5438130(tollfree),orlocallistingofTheNCRMediaProductssalesoffice
Ordering Ribbon Cassettes

Toorderribboncassettes,contactyoursalesrepresentativeororderfromNCRatthe
followingaddressortollfreenumber:
NCR
Miamisburg,OH45342
Voice:1(800)5438130(tollfree),orlocallistingofMediaProductssalesoffice
StockNumbers:(purpleribboncassette8millioncharacters)127022
(blackribboncassette5millioncharacters)127035
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Ordering Other Supplies

ContactyourNCRsalesrepresentativetoorderthesupplieslistedinthetable.
Item
Type
Number
Powersupplywithattachedcabletoprinter
andU.S.powersupplycord
75WattPowerSupply
7167K331V001
Powersupply(w/opowercord)
75WattPowerSupply
7167K302V001
Powersupplycord(tooutlet)
UnitedStates
International(noplug)
UnitedKingdom
S.E.V.
Australia
International(withplug)
1406C3250030
1416C3190030
1416C3210030
1416C3200030
1416C3220030
1416C3230030
RS232CCommunicationCables
9pinto9pin(G11)
9pinto9pin(G11)
0.7meters
4.0meters(13.2feet)
1416C3590007
1416C2660040
9pinto9pin(CG1)
4.0meters(13.2feet)
1416C8790040
DCPlusPowerCable
DCPowerfromNCRPOSTerminal(G11)
1.0 Meters
1416C7120010
DCPowerfromNCRPOSTerminal(G11)
4.0Meters
1416C7120040
DCPowerfromNCRPOSTerminal(CG1)
4.0Meters
1416C8810040
USBCommunicationCables
USBTypeAtoTypeBConnector
2.0 Meters
1416C5280010
USBTypeAtoTypeBConnector
4.0Meters
1416C5280040
USBPlusPowerCables
USB/PlusPowertoTypeBConnector(G11)
3.0 Meters
1416C7130010
USB/PlusPowertoTypeBConnector(G11)
4.0Meters
1416C7130040
USB/PlusPowertoTypeBConnector(CG1)
4.0Meters
1416C8800040
ExtendedSlipTable(Standard)
CashDrawer
7167K280V001
2189
2189K002V001
(Switchablefor
Drawer1or
Drawer2)
CashDrawerCable
YCable
1416C3720006
Ordering Documentation
Contactyoursalesrepresentativetoobtainthefollowingdocumentation:
7167 Thermal Receipt and Impact Slip Printer: Parts Identification Manual (B005-0000-1408)
7167 Thermal Receipt and Impact Slip Printer: Service Manual (B0005-0000-1407)
(includes Troubleshooting Guide and the Preventative Maintenance Guide)
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Cabinet
Theexternalcabinetmaterialsandfinisharedurableandresistanttotheseitems:
Cleaning solutions
Lubricants
Fuels
Cooking oils
Ultraviolet light
Thereisnoscheduledmaintenancerequiredforthe7167.
Cleanthecabinetasneededtoremovedustandfingermarks.Useanyhouseholdcleaner
designedforplastics,buttestitfirstonasmallunseenarea.Ifthereceiptbucketisdirty,
wipeitwithaclean,dampcloth.
Cleaning the Thermal Print Head

Caution:Donotsprayortrytocleanthethermalprintheadortheinsideoftheprinter
withanykindofcleanerasthismaydamagethethermalprintheadandelectronics.
Ifthethermalprintheadappearsdirty,wipeitwithcottonswabsandisopropylalcohol.
Ifspottyorlightprintingproblemspersistafterthethermalprintheadhasbeencleaned,
seeChapter3:SolvingProblemsformoreinformation.
Note:Thethermalprintheaddoesnotnormallyrequirecleaningiftherecommended
papergradesareused.Ifnonrecommendedpaperhasbeenusedforanextendedperiod
oftime,cleaningtheprintheadwithcottonswabsandrubbingalcoholwillnotbeofmuch
benefit.SeeOrderingPaperandSuppliesearlierinthismanualforrecommendedpaper.
Cleaning the Scanner Sensor

Caution:Donotsprayortrytocleanthethermalprintheadortheinsideoftheprinter
withanykindofcleanerasthismaydamagethescannersensorandelectronics.
Ifthescannersensorappearsdirty,wipeitwithcottonswabsandisopropylalcohol.
Ifspottyorlightprintingproblemspersistafterthescannersensorhasbeencleaned,see
Chapter3:SolvingProblemsformoreinformation.
Note:Thescannersensordoesnotnormallyrequirecleaningiftherecommendedpaper
gradesareused.Ifnonrecommendedpaperhasbeenusedforanextendedperiodoftime,
cleaningtheprintheadwithcottonswabsandisopropylalcoholwillnotbeofmuch
benefit.SeeOrderingPaperandSuppliesearlierinthismanualforrecommendedpaper.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
10
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer
What Is in the Box?

Thefollowingitemsarepackedintheshippingbox:
Printerenclosedinaplasticbagandfoampack
Ribboncassette
Thermalreceiptpaperroll
Cardboardrestraintforcarriage(behindfrontcover)
TheseitemsmaybeorderedasoptionsfromNCRandwillbeshippedseparately:
Communicationcable(fromhostcomputertoprinter)
DCPowerCable
RemotePowerSupply
USBplusPowerCables
Cashdrawercables(maybeorderedfromotherequipmentsuppliers:seeOrderingOther
Suppliesinchapter1)
November 2003
11
7167 Owners Manual
Removing the Packing Material
Receipt
Cover
HeadGap
Holder
Carriage
Holder
1. Removetheprinterfromthefoampackandplasticbag.
2. Openthefrontcoverandremovethecarriageholder.
3. Removetheheadgapholderfromthesliptable.
12
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
4. Removetheribboncassette/receiptpaperrollandcablesfromthefoampackingmaterial.
5. Saveallpackingmaterialsforfuturestoring,moving,orshippingtheprinter.
Caution:Removethecarriageholderandtheheadgapholderbeforeusingtheprinter.
Donotpickuptheprinterusingthesliptableasahandle.
Re Packing the Printer

Reviewtheillustrationsonthepreviouspagestopacktheprinter.
1. Placereceiptpaperbetweenthereceiptcoverandtheprintheadforprotection.
2. Removetheribboncassette,movethecarriagetothecorner,andplacethecardboardrestraintin
theslipcarriagearea.
3. Placethecardboardsupportonthesliptable.
4. Placetheprinterintheplasticbagandfoampack,placethepackedprinterinthebox,andsecure
theboxwithpackingtape.
5. IfyouaresendingtheprintertoNCRforrepair,callyourNCRauthorizedservicerepresentative
forinstructionsonwheretosendtheprinter.
Bepreparedtoanswerquestionsconcerningshippingandbilling.
Choosing a Location
The7167printertakesuprelativelylittlecounterspaceandmaybesetonornearthehostcomputer.
Makesurethereisenoughroomtoopenthereceiptcovertochangethepaperandtoopenthefront
covertochangetheribboncassette.Theillustrationshowstheactualdimensionsoftheprinter,but
leaveseveralinchesaroundtheprinterforconnectingandaccessingthecables.
Note:TheoptionalMagneticInkCharacterRecognition(MICR)checkreaderfeatureisdesignedto
operateunderanormaloperatingenvironmentwithahostcomputer.However,additionaldevices,
suchasCRTmonitors,orlargemetalsurfacesthatareneartheprintercanaffecttheprinters
magneticfield,causingintermittentreadingerrorswhentheMICRcheckreaderisinoperation.
Relocatingthesedevicesmayberequiredtopreventthisinterference.
November 2003
13
7167 Owners Manual
174 mm
6.85 in.)
316.20 mm
(12.50 in.)
190 mm
(7.50 in.)
c) Wall mounted Power Supply (Option)

The 75 watt power supply may be mounted on a vertical wall by using the holes on the cover.
Mount the screws on the wall using the following recommended mount dimensions. Use a #8 wood
screw which is to be securely fastened to a wall stud or using Molly fasteners (not provided).
75mm
(2.95 in)
10mm (.39 in)
175mm (6.89 in)
14
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Setting Switches
TheDIPswitches,locatedatthebackoftheprinter,areusedforthreepurposes:
Tosetvariablesforseveralprinterfunctions(seethesectionsforthevariousprinterfunctionsin
Level1DiagnosticsinChapter4:DiagnosticsforSettingUpThePrinter)
Toperformdiagnostictests(seethesectionsforthevariousdiagnostictestsinLevel1
DiagnosticsinChapter4:DiagnosticsforSettingUpThePrinter)
Caution:TheDIPswitchesaresettoOFF.
Back of Printer
DIP Switch
Bottom
Cover
ON
Switch1isshownin
the OFF position
Note:Switch1isshownintheOffpositionforreference.
Useapapercliporotherpointedobjecttosettheswitches.
1. Settheswitchestothedesiredsettingsshowninthetable.
2. Resettheprinter.
November 2003
15
7167 Owners Manual
Printer Reset
The printer is reset by disconnecting/reconnecting the DC power or by opening the slip door and
closing the slip door while holding the receipt paper feed button down.
DIP Switch Settings

Switch1Settings
Switch2Settings
PrinterState
OFF(0)
OFF(0)
OnlineMode(default)
ON(1)
OFF(0)
DiagnosticMode
OFF(0)
ON(1)*
FlashDownloadMode
ON(1)
ON(1)
VendorAdjustmentMode
16
It is optional to set this switch to ON when reflashing the IPL firmware.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Connecting the Cables

Therearethreedifferenttypesofcablesthatconnecttotheprinter:
PowersupplycablesupplyingpowerfromthehostPOSterminalorfromaexternalpowersupply
Communicationcable(RS232orUSB)connectingtheprintertothehostcomputer
Cashdrawercableconnectingtheprintertooneortwocashdrawers
Caution:Disconnectthepowerbeforeconnectingthecables.Alwaysconnectthecommunication
cableandcashdrawercablesbeforeconnectingpowertothepowersource.Alwaysdisconnectpower
tothepowersourcebeforedisconnectingthecommunicationandcashdrawercables.
Followthesestepstoconnectthecables.Seetheillustrationonthenextpage.
1. Unplugthepowercablefromitspowersource.
2. Connectthepowerandcommunicationcablestotheirrespectiveconnectorsundertheprinteras
shownintheillustration.
ForRS232cable,besuretoscrewthecommunicationcabletothecommunicationconnector.
3. Routethecablesthroughthecablestrainreliefonthebottomoftheprinter,thenthroughthetwo
slotsinthecableaccesscoverasshownintheillustration.
4. Connectthecommunicationcabletotheappropriatehostcomputerconnector.
5. Connectthecashdrawercabletotheprinterandcashdrawer.
Theconnectorsisastandardphonejacklocatedattherearoftheprinter.
6. ForHostpoweredinstallationplugtheDCcableintothePOSterminalorplugthepowercord
intothepowersupplyforremotepowersupplyinstallation,thenplugthepowersupplyintoan
outlet.
Atthispoint,theprinterreceivespower.IftheOnLineLED(green)ison,theprinterisonline.
Otherwise,theprinterisnotreceivingpower.Checktoinsurethatthehostterminalisonorthatthe
powersupplyison.
November 2003
17
7167 Owners Manual
RS-232 Cable Connection

Communication
Connector
Power
Connector
Power
Cable
Communication
Cable
DIP Switch Cash Drawer

Cable
Cash Drawer
Connector
USB Cable Connection

Power
Connector
USB
Connector
USB Cable
Power Cable
DIP Switch
Cash Drawer
Cable
Cash Drawer
Connector
Bottomoftheprinter
18
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Using the Printer

LED
PaperFeed
Button
Note:SeeSettingSwitchesearlierinthisbookforinstructionsonsettingtheDIPswitches.
1. Connectthepowersupplycabletotheprinterandturnonthepowersource.
Theprintergoesthroughaselftestroutinetoensureeverythingisworkingproperlythen
beeps.Aftertheprinterhascompleteditsstartupcycle,itisreadytoreceivedata.
IftheLEDblinks,orthehostcomputerindicatesthatthereisaproblem,seeChapter3:Solving
Problemsformoreinformation.
2. ToperformaConfigurationcheck(optional),resettheprinterwhileholdingthePaperFeed
Button,oropenthereceiptdoorandwhilepressingthepaperfeedbuttonclosethereceiptdoor,
letgoofthePaperFeedButtononcetheprintingbegins.
Note:Theprinterreceivespowerwhenthepowersupplyisoneveniftheprinterisoffline.To
completelyremovepower,unplugthepowersupplyfromtheoutlet,orturnthePOSterminaloff.
November 2003
19
7167 Owners Manual
Loading and Changing the Receipt Paper

Althoughtheillustrationsshowausedrollbeingremoved,theinstructionsapplytoloadingpaperfor
thefirsttime.
Changethepaperwheneitherofthefollowingtwoconditionsoccurs:
LEDblinks(slow):thepaperislow
Thereareapproximately1to7meters(525feet)ofpaperremainingontheroll.Changethe
paperassoonaspossibletoavoidrunningoutpartwaythroughatransaction.
Dependingontheapplicationprogram,thehostcomputermayalertyouwhenthepaperislow.
LEDblinks(fast):thepaperisout
Changethepaperimmediatelyordatamaybelost.
Caution:Donotoperatetheprinterorhostcomputeriftheprinterrunsoutofpaper.Theprinterwill
notoperatewithoutpaper,butitmaycontinuetoacceptdatafromthehostcomputer.Becausethe
printercannotprintanytransactions,thedatamaybelost.
20
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Removing the Paper Roll

1. Openthereceiptcover.
2. Removetheusedroll.
Receipt
cover
November 2003
21
7167 Owners Manual
Loading the Paper Roll

Note:Tearofftheendofthenewrollsothattheedgeisloose.
1. Placethenewrollinthebinwithalittleextrapaperextendingoverthefront.
Besurethepaperunrollsfromthebottomoftheroll.Otherwisethepaperwillnotbeprintedon
becausethethermalcoatingwillbeonthewrongside.
2. Closethereceiptcover.
3. Removetheexcesspaperbytearingitagainstthetearoffblade.
22
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Advancing Paper
1. PressthePaperFeedbuttonontheoperatorpaneltoadvancethepaper.
Thecovermustbeclosed.Toensureprintqualityandtheproperalignmentofthepaper,advance
about30cm(12inches)ofpaper.
2. Tearofftheexcesspaperagainstthetearoffblade.
Installing and Changing the Ribbon Cassette

Changetheribboncassettewhentheprintistoolightortheribbonisfrayed.
Removing the Ribbon Cassette

1. Openthefrontcover.
2. Usethehandleonthecassetteandpullthecassettefromtheprinter.
Front
Cover
Ribbon
Cassette
Slot
Handle
Slot
November 2003
23
7167 Owners Manual
Installing the Ribbon Cassette

1. Tightentheribbonbyturningtheknobinthedirectionofthearrow.
2. Positiontheribboncassetteslotatthecatchontheprinterslipframeandpushitintoplace.
Besuretheribbonisinfrontoforunderneaththeprintheadandbetweentheprintheadandthe
ribbonshield.
Tightentheribbonusingtheshaftattheupperleftcornerofthecassette.Rotatetheshaft
clockwiseuntiltheribbonispositionedbetweentheprintheadandthemetalribbonguide.
3. Closethefrontcover.
2
Catch
Slot
Cantilever Frame
Catch
Slot
Slot
Front
Cover
24
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Printing on Forms or Checks

Thereareseveraltypesoftransactionsthatrequireyoutoinsertaformorcheckintotheprinter:
Creditcardtransaction(somecreditcardtransactionsmaybeprintedonthereceiptstationand
notrequireanyforms)
Multiplepartformssuchascredittransactionsormerchandisereturns
Electronicfundstransfers
Checkprinting(printingthedate,payee,andamountonthecheckface)
Checkendorsement
Althoughtheillustrationonthefacingpageshowsacheckbeinginsertedintotheprinter,the
instructionsapplytoanytypeofform.The7167canprintonformsuptofivepartsthick.See
OrderingFormsinchapter1formoreinformationaboutthetypeofformsthatcanbeused.
1. Inserttheformorcheck(checkshownintheillustration)fromthefrontandplaceitontheslip
tabletopfirstandwiththeprintsideup.
Iftheformisextralong,youmayneedtoinsertitfromtheside.
2. Slidetheformorchecktotherightuntilitlinesupagainsttheslipguide.
Iftheformisextralong,youneedtoslideitovertheformstoptodisengageit.Inthissituation
usethemarkthatislocatedontheslipdoortoaligntheformforprintingintheproperlocationon
theform.
3. Slidetheformorchecktowardthebackoftheprinteruntilitcontactstheformstop(itwontbe
abletogoanyfurther);
Or,aligntheformorcheckwiththemarkontheslipdoor.
ThegreenLEDonthesliptableturnsonwhentheformorcheckisproperlyinserted(theform
hastocovertwosensorsonthesliptable).
4. Followtheinstructionsfromthehostcomputer.
Theprinterbeginsprinting.
5. Removetheformorcheckafterithasbeenfedbackout.
6. Followtheinstructionsfromthehostcomputertofinishthetransaction.
November 2003
25
7167 Owners Manual
Guide
LED
Extended
SlipTable
26
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Validating and Verifying Checks

Note:IftheMICRcheckreaderfeatureispresent,checksareverifiedthenvalidated.
1. Insertthecheckfromthefrontandplaceitonthesliptablefacedownasshownintheillustration
onthefacingpage.
2. Slidethechecktotherightuntilitlinesupagainsttheguide(wall).
3. Slidethechecktowardthebackoftheprinteruntilitcontactstheformstop(itwontbeabletogo
anyfurther);
Or,alignthecheckwithanypresetmarkyoumayhavemadeonthesliptable.
ThegreenLEDonthesliptableturnsonwhentheformorcheckisproperlyinserted(ithasto
covertwosensorsonthesliptable).
4. Followtheinstructionsfromthehostcomputer.
IftheMICRcheckreaderfeatureispresent,thecheckisfedinandoutwhilethechecknumbers
areread.Ifthecheckisverifiedasgood,itisthenvalidated.Ifthecheckisnotverifiedasgood,it
isnotvalidated.
Note:DonotholdorkeepthecheckfrommovingduringtheMICRcheckreadertransactionorthe
checknumberswillnotbereadaccurately.
5. Removethecheckafterithasbeenfedallthewaybackout.
6. Followtheinstructionsfromthehostcomputertofinishthetransaction.
November 2003
27
7167 Owners Manual
Guide
Extended
Slip Table
LED
28
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
About the Universal Serial Bus

TheUniversalSerialBus(USB)isaperipheralbusforpersonalcomputersthatwasfirstreleasedin
January1996.Sincethattime,virtuallyallIntelArchitecturepersonalcomputershavethehardwareto
supportUSB,andalargenumberofcomputersexistthathaveboththehardwareandsoftware
supportrequiredtointerfacewithUSBperipherals.
Advantages of USB connections

USBhasanumberofadvantagesoverlegacyconnectionschemes(e.g.,serialRS232).These
advantagesinclude:
HighSpeed:upto12MB/secondforhighspeeddevices.
PlugandPlay:Devicesareautomaticallyrecognizedandconfiguredatinstallation.
Hotplug:Bussupportsinstallationandremovalofdeviceswiththepowerapplied.
Upto127devices:Onehostcansupportupto127deviceswiththeuseofhubs.
Freeports:MostPCarchitecturemachinescontaintwoUSBportsinthebasehardware.
TheseadvantageshavebecomeattractivetothePOSindustryforacoupleofreasons.
AdditionalPOSdevices.SomePOSsystemsarerequiredtohostmoreperipheralsthancanbe
supportedbytwoRS232portstypicalinaplatform.Withtheadditionofone(ortwo)USB
connectors,theplatformcannowsupporttheadditionaldevicesthathadpreviouslyrequiredaserial
portexpandercard.
Higherbandwidths.Newdevicescomingintousehavebandwidthrequirementsthatarehigher
thanthebandwidththatcanbesupportedonlegacyinterfaces.Thesedevicesincludeimagescanners
andprinters.AsthespeedandcapabilityofPOSprintersincreases,theperformanceoftheprinterin
anapplicationcanbecomelimitedbythespeedofthecommunicationsinterface.USBprovidesample
bandwidthtosupportcurrentandfuturePOSprinterrequirements.
Advantages of the NCR USB Solution

NCRhaseliminatedanycostassociatedwithportingapplicationstoUSBbyimplementingaUSB
solutionthatsimulatesstandardserialcommunicationsinWindows98(SR2),Windows98USBHot
Patch,ID:Q236934,NT4.0(ServicePack3orhigher)andWindows2000.Applicationdevelopersneed
onlyredirecttheirsoftwaretothevirtualserialportscreatedbytheNCRUSBsolutiontousethe
printer.
Checking for USB Support on the Host Computer

IftheUSBinterfacecommunicationsisrequired,thehostcomputermustbeequippedandsetup
properly.Ifitisnot,youneedtoinstallaUSBinterfacecard.Withtherequiredhardwareinplace,
November 2003
29
7167 Owners Manual
Windows98(SR2),Windows98USBHotPatch,ID:Q236934,NT4.0(ServicePack3orhigher)and
Windows2000nativelysupportplugandplayUSBwithabuiltindriver;WindowsNTdoesnot,and
theNCRwindowsNTUSBdriverneedstobeinstalled.
IMPORTANT:YouneedtohaveinternetaccesstodownloadtheUSBdriversfromtheNCRWeb
site://www.NCR.com
Host Configuration
Verifythattheproperhardwarehasbeeninstalledinthehostterminal.
Windows98:
1. OpentheControlPanel.
2. ClickonSystem(Windows98).
3. ClicktheDeviceManagertab.
4. IntheDeviceManagerwindow,scrolldownthelistofinstalledhardwaredevicesuntilyoufind
anentryforUniversalserialbuscontroller.
Ifthisentryexists,yourhostcomputerissetupforUSBoperation.Ifthisentrydoesnotappear:
ConsultyourcomputerdocumentationtoseeifUSBmustbeenabledintheBIOSsetup.
Windows NT:
ToseeifyourPOSterminalisUSBcompliant,lookattheback.
IfithasaUSBconnectorport,yourhardwareisallset.
Note: EventhoughthehostmayhaveaUSBport,WindowsNTdoesnotnativelysupportplugand
playUSBbecauseitdoesnothaveabuiltindriver.YouwillneedtoloadtheNCRWindowsNTUSB
driver(seeInstallingtheUSBPrinterDrivers).
Windows2000:
1. OpentheControlPanel.
2. ClickonSystem.
3. ClickonHardware.
4. ClicktheDeviceManagertab.
5. IntheDeviceManagerwindow,scrolldownthelistofinstalledhardwaredevicesuntilyoufind
anentryforUniversalserialbuscontroller.
Ifthisentryexists,yourhostcomputerissetupforUSBoperation.Ifthisentrydoesnotappear:
30
ConsultyourcomputerdocumentationtoseeifUSBmustbeenabledintheBIOSsetup.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Installing the USB Printer Drivers

WindowsNTusersneedtorunServicePak3orhigherforasuccessfulinstallationandshouldexitall
Windowsprogramsbeforestarting.
1. Verifythattheprinterispluggedinandthepowerison.
2. Theinstallationvariesdependingontheoperatingsystem.
Windows98
Followtheonscreeninstructions.TheprinterbeepswhentheUSBdeviceisrecognized.Gotothe
locationwhereyoudownloadedthedriversanddoubleclickthefile.
November 2003
31
7167 Owners Manual
32
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Note: Location of the IONetworks files on the CD-ROM may very depending on the version of the CD that is
being used.
November 2003
33
7167 Owners Manual
AlsoverifythatyouhavetheWindows98USBHotPatch,ID:Q236934,created:08Jul1999and
modified:10Aug1999installed.Toverifyifthishotpatchisinstalledcheckfile
c:\Windows\System32\Drivers\usbhub.sys.Thisfileshouldbedated08/13/99,size36,672,version
4.10.22223.
34
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
WindowsNT
TheprinterbeepswhenitispluggedintoshowtheUSBdeviceisrecognized.Clickonthefileyou
downloadedandfollowtheonscreeninstructions.
November 2003
35
7167 Owners Manual
Windows2000
Followtheonscreeninstructions.TheprinterbeepswhentheUSBdeviceisrecognized.Gotothe
locationwhereyoudownloadedthedriversanddoubleclickthefile.
36
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
37
7167 Owners Manual
being used.
38
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
39
7167 Owners Manual
being used.
40
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Checking the Installation

Youneedtoverifythatthedevicedriverswereinstalledcorrectly:
Windows98:
1. OpentheDeviceManagerwindow,asyoudidinCheckingforUSBSupport.
2. ScrolldowntoUniversalserialbuscontrollers.
Thefollowingdevicesshouldbedisplayed:
NCR7167Printer
NCR7167SerialPorts[Port#](wherethe#isthelocationoftheprinter)
November 2003
41
7167 Owners Manual
3. ScrollbackuptoPorts.
YoushouldseeaCOMnumberandportdescriptionfortheNCRprinter.
Ifthedevicesaremissingorarenotlistedcorrectly,theinstallationwasntsuccessful.Youwillneedto
reinstallthedrivers.
WindowsNT:
GotheWindowsStartbuttonandselectPrograms>InsideOutNetworksUtilities>Edgeport
ConfigurationUtility.Awindowopensthatcontainsthenameoftheprinter,andtheportassignment.
Ifthisinformationisnotlisted,thentheinstallationwasnotsuccessful.Youwillneedtoreinstallthe
drivers.
42
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Windows2000:
1. OpentheDeviceManagerwindow,asyoudidinCheckingforUSBSupport.
2. ScrolldowntoUniversalserialbuscontrollers.
November 2003
43
7167 Owners Manual
3. ScrollbackuptoPorts.
Ifthedevicesaremissingorarenotlistedcorrectly,theinstallationwasntsuccessful.Youwillneed
toreinstallthedrivers.
Ifthisinformationisnotlisted,thentheinstallationwasnotsuccessful.Youwillneedtoreinstallthe
drivers.
Configuring Serial Port Number Assignments

ThissectiondescribedhowtheNCRUSBsolutionassignsserialportnumbers(e.g.,COMx)tothe
printer.Theinformationthatdeterminestheassignedportnumberisstoredinthehostcomputerand
notintheprinter.Thisassignmentismadeinoneofthreeways.Thefirstmethodisthedefault
methodthatautomaticallyassignsaserialportnumbertotheprinter.Theothertwomethodsrequire
theusertospecifyaportnumber.ThesemethodsaredescribedmorefullyinSerialPort
ConfigurationMethodsonthefollowingpage.
44
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Running the Edgeport Utility

YoullneedtoruntheEdgeportutilitytocheckwhichserialporthasbeenassignedtotheprinter.This
utilityqueriesandconfigurestheoperatingsystemanddriverfortheinformationregardingthe
virtualserialport.
Windows98
1. OpentheDeviceManagerandmakesureViewDevicesByTypeisselected.
2. ScrolldowntoUniversalserialbuscontroller,andexpandthelistbypressingthe+symbol.
YoullseetwoentriesforyourNCRprinter.
3. SelecttheprinternameandclickProperties.
4. SelecttheDetailstab,thenpresstheDetailsbuttontostarttheEdgeportutility.
WindowsNT4.0
FromtheWindowsStartmenu,selectPrograms>InsideOutNetworksUtilities>Edgeport
ConfigurationUtility.
Windows2000
Serial Port Configuration Methods

Automatic(Default).WhentheprinterispluggedintotheUSBportofthehostandthedriversare
loaded,theprinterwilldefaulttothenextavailableserialportnumber.Inmanycasesthisisexactly
whatisdesired.YoucanchecktheassignedserialportbyclickingtheGeneraltabintheEdgeport
utility.YoullseeanentryfortheNCRprinter.Expandthelisttoseewhichserialporthasbeen
assignedtotheprinter.
Assigningaserialporttotheprinter.Ifthedefaultassignmentdoesnotmeettherequirementsofthe
installation,youcanassignadifferentserialporttotheprinter.FromtheGeneraltaboftheEdgeport
utility,selecttheprinterandpressConfigure.Followthedirectionsontheresultingformtoassigna
newporttotheprinter.
AssociatingaserialportwithaspecificUSBport.(Windows98andNT)Incertaininstallationsitis
desirabletoassociateaserialportnumberwithaspecificUSBport.Thisisparticularlyimportantif
November 2003
45
7167 Owners Manual
multipleidenticalprintersareinstalledononehost.SelecttheAdvancedtabintheEdgeportutility,
andfollowtheinstructionsforconfiguringtheserialportnumberbasedonthephysicalUSBport.
Uninstalling the Drivers

Windows98:
5. ClicktheAdvancedtab.
6. ClicktheUninstallbuttonandfollowtheonscreeninstructions.
WindowsNT:
WindowsNTuserswillneedtoruntheEdgeportConfigurationUtilitytouninstallthedrivers.
1. PressWindowsStartMenubutton.
2. ChoosePrograms,thenInsideOutNetworksUtilities.
3. ChooseEdgeportConfigurationUtility.
Windows2000:
46
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
47
Chapter 3: Solving Problems
7167 Owners Manual
The7167printerisasimple,generallytroublefreeprinter,butfromtimetotimeminorproblemsmayoccur.
Forexample,thepowersupplymaybeinterruptedorthethermalprintheadmayoverheat.
AgreenLEDontheoperatorpanelsignalsthatsomethingmaybewrong.
Forsomeproblems,theprintercommunicatestheinformationtothehostcomputerand
reliesontheapplicationtoindicatewhattheproblemis.
Theinformationonthefollowingpagesdescribessomeproblemsthatyoumayencounter:
problemsthatyoucaneasilyfix,andothersthatyouwillneedtocontactaservice
representativefor.
Youmaybeabletocorrectmanyoftheconditionsorproblemswithoutcallingforservice.
However,ifaproblempersists,contactaservicerepresentative.SeeContactingaService
Representativeattheendofthischapter.
Green LED Does Not Come On/Printer Will Not Print

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Cablesmaynotbeconnected
properly
Checkallcableconnections.Checkthatthe
hostcomputerandpowersupplyarebothon
(thepowersupplyisturnedonbypluggingit
intoanoutlet).
SeeConnectingthe
Cablesinchapter2.
Powersupplymaybedefective
Ifthepowersupplyispluggedin,butdoes
notcomeon,youwillneedtoorderanew
powersupply.
SeeOrderingOther
Suppliesinchapter1.
48
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Green LED Blinking (Slow)

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Receiptpaperislow*
Thereareabout4meters,3meters,(15
feet,10feet)ofpaperleft.Changethepaper
soontoavoidrunningoutofpaperpartway
throughatransaction.
SeeLoadingand
ChangingtheReceipt
Paperinchapter2.
Green LED Blinking (Fast)

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Receiptpaperisout
Changethepapernow.Donotruna
transactionwithoutpaperasthedatamaybe
lost.
SeeLoadingand
ChangingtheReceipt
Paperinchapter2.
Receiptcoverorfrontcoveris
open
Closethecover.Theprinterwillnotoperate
witheitherofthecoversopen.
Knifefailure
Openthereceiptcoverandchecktheknife.
Clearanyjammedpaperyoucansee.Tearoff
anyexcesspaperagainstthetearoffblade.
Contactaservicerepresentativeifthisdoes
notresolvetheproblem.
SeeContactingaService
Representativelaterin
thischapter.
Openthefrontcoverandcheckthesliptable
andunderthecarriage.Removeanypaper
yousee.
Ifyoucannotseeapaperjamorother
obstruction,contactaservicerepresentative.
thischapter.
Paperjamincarriage
OpenFrontCoverandclearpaperfrompath.
Paperjamduringflip
IfvisiblethroughFrontWindow,openaccess
doorandclearpaperjam,ifnot,openFront
Coverandclearjam.
Paperjaminslipstation
November 2003
49

ACsupplyvoltageisoutof
range
Thermalprintheadtemperature
isoutofrange
7167 Owners Manual

Ifpaperisnotlowandnoconditionsindicate
thatthethermalprintheadistoohot,thenitis
likelythatthepowersupplyvoltageisoutof
range.
thischapter.
Theprintheadmayoverheatwhenprintingin
aroomwherethetemperatureisabovethe
recommendedoperatingtemperatureorwhen
printinghighdensitygraphicscontinuously,
regardlessoftheroomtemperature.Ineither
case,theprinterwillshutoff.
SeeEnvironmental
ConditionsinAppendix
Afortherecommended
temperaturerangefor
operatingtheprinter.
Ifthetemperatureoftheprintheadistoohot,
adjusttheroomtemperatureormovethe
printertoacoolerlocation.
Powersupplyvoltageisoutof
range
Iftheprintheadisoverheatingbecauseof
printinghighdensitygraphicscontinuously,
reducethedemandontheprinter.
Iftheprintercontinuestooverheat,contacta
servicerepresentative.
thischapter.
Ifpaperisnotlowandnoconditionsindicate
thattheprintheadistoohot,thepower
supplyvoltageisoutofrange.Contacta
servicerepresentative.
thischapter.
Slip or Forms Printing is Light

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Ribboncassetteisworn
Replacetheribboncassette.
SeePuttingInand
ChangingtheRibbon
Cassetteinchapter2.
thischapter.
50
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Receipt Printing is Light or Spotty

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Thermalprintheadmaybedirty
Openthereceiptcoverandcleanthethermal
printheadwithcottonswabsandisopropyl
alcohol.
SeeCleaningthePrinter
inchapter2.
Caution:Donotusethealcoholtocleanother
partsoftheprinter.Damagewilloccur.
thischapter.
Note:Thethermalprintheaddoesnotnormallyrequirecleaningifthe
recommendedpapergradesareused.Ifnonrecommendedpaperhasbeen
usedforanextendedperiodoftime,cleaningtheprintheadwiththe
alcoholandcottonswabswillnotbeofmuchbenefit.SeeOrdering
ThermalPaperinchapter1forrecommendedpaper.
LED (Slip Table) Does Not Come On

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Formorchecknotinserted
properly
Lineuptheformorcheckagainsttheguide
(wall)andslideittowardthebackofthe
printeruntilitcontactstheformstopandcant
goanyfurther.Extralongformsmayneedto
beinsertedfromthesidetodisengagethe
formstop.
SeePrintingonFormsor
ChecksorValidating
andVerifyingChecksin
chapter2
thischapter.
Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
Formorcheckskewingor
catchinginslipstationduetoan
obstructionorpaperjam
Openthefrontcoverandcheckforanypaper
jamsorobviousobstructionintheslipstation.
Cleartheobstructionorjammedpaper.
Forms Skew or Catch
thischapter.
November 2003
51
7167 Owners Manual
MICR Check Reader Not Reading Properly

Problem
What to Do
Where to Go
MICR(MagneticInkCharacter
Recognition)checkreaderdoes
notreadormisreadschecks
OpentheslipcoverandcleantheMICRread
headwithcottonswabsandisopropyl
alcohol.
SeeAdjustingtheMICR
CheckReaderin
chapter4.
Other Serious Problems

Thefollowingproblemsallneedtobecorrectedbyaqualifiedservicerepresentative.See
thenextsection,ContactingaServiceRepresentative.
MICR check reader not operating properly

Forms not feeding into the slip/forms area properly
Missing dots in slip or forms printing
Printer will not cycle or stop when required
Illegible characters
Paper will not feed
Knife will not cycle or cut
Platen will not open or close
Printer will not communicate with Host
Contacting a Service Representative

Forseriousproblems,suchastheprinternotprinting,notcommunicatingwiththehost
computer,ornotturningon,contactyourNCRauthorizedserviceorganizationtoarrange
foraservicecall.Inadditiontotheservicemanuallistedbelow,otherservicerelated
materialsmaybeavailable.ContactyourNCRauthorizedservicerepresentativetoobtain
theservicemanual.
7167 Thermal Receipt and Impact Slip Printer: Service Manual (B005-000-1407)
(includes the Troubleshooting Guide and the Preventative Maintenance Guide)
52
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 4: Diagnostics
Thefollowingdiagnostictestsareavailableforthe7167:
Level 0 Diagnostics (Startup)

Performed during the startup cycle.
Level 1 Diagnostics (Printer Configuration)
Allows configuration of the printer using a Configuration Menu that is printed on a receipt.
Level 2 Diagnostics (Runtime)
The printer checks the status of these conditions during normal operation.
Level 3 Diagnostics (Remote)
The printer keeps track of counters during normal operation.
Vendor Adjustment
Performed in off-line mode. Allows to change settings for mechanical and perform printer test.
Modifications of these settings are to be made by service personnel only.
Level 0 Diagnostics
Theprinterautomaticallyperformslevel0diagnosticswhenitisputonline.Level0
diagnosticscomprisethefollowingactions:
Motors are turned off.

Microprocessor timing is checked, CRC check of the firmware ROM is performed, external RAM is
read.
ThegreenLEDonthesliptableflashesonceifthisactionsucceeds.
Level0diagnosticsstopifthisactionfails.Failureisindicatedbytheprintergoing
dead:knifeandprintheaddonothome,theplatendoesnotopen,LEDsarenot
lit,theprinterisunabletocommunicatewiththehostcomputer.
Knifeishomed.Afaultconditioniscausedifthisactionfails.
Slipplatenisopened.
Slipprintheadishomed.Afaultconditioniscausedifthisactionfails.
Thestatusofallsensorsischecked,andthestatusbytesareupdated.
Iftheprinterhasnotbeenturnedonbefore,thedefaultvaluesfortheprinterfunctions
willbeloadedintothenonvolatilememoryduringlevel0.Thesevaluescanbechanged
inlevel1diagnostics.SeeLevel1Diagnosticsforthefunctionsandtheirsettings.
Whenthelaststepiscomplete,thePaperFeedbuttonisenabledandtheprinterisready
fornormaloperation.Informationaboutthetestsisavailabletothecommunication
interfacethroughthecommands.
November 2003
53
7167 Owners Manual
Level 1 Diagnostics
Level1diagnostics(setupmode)allowyoutochangethesettingsforvariousprinter
functionsandruncertaintests.
Keepthefollowinginformationinmindwhenchangingthesettings:
The settings can only be changed when the printer is in level 1 diagnostics (setup mode): Switch 1
must be set to On and Switch 2 must be set to Off.
The default options are set at the factory and are stored in the history non volatile memory
Once the settings have been changed and stored in the non volatile memory, the diagnostic setup
is exited which saves the settings.
Caution:Ifyouarechangingtheprintersettings,besuretheyarethecorrectsettingsfor
thatparticularfunctionortesttoavoidaccidentallychangingthesettingsforanother
functionortest.Ifthesettingsareaccidentallychangedyoumustreenterthesetupmode
andreenterthecorrectsettings.Ifyouneedassistance,contactaservicerepresentative.
SeeContactingaServiceRepresentativeinchapter3.
Printer Configuration
Printersaregenerallyshippedwithallappropriateconfigurationsettingspresetatthe
factory.Theonlytimetheusershouldneedtochangetheprinterconfigurationisifanew
optionisinstalledorthefirmwareischanged.Itisalsopossibletheusermayneedtorun
certaintestsusingtheConfigurationMenu.
TheuserconfigurestheprinterusingaconvenientConfigurationMenuthatisprintedon
receiptpaper.TheConfigurationMenuprintsinstructionsandsettingoptions
interactivelyastheusergoesthroughtheconfigurationprocess.Thefollowingfunctions
andparameterscanbechangedwiththescrollingConfigurationMenu:
Configuring the Printer

Communication Interface
Interface Type
Baud Rate
Number of Data Bits
Number of Stop Bits
Parity
Flow Control
Data Reception Errors
Receive Buffer
Setting Diagnostic Modes
Off, Normal Mode
Datascope Mode
Slip Test Mode
Receipt Test Mode
MICR Test Mode
Check Flip Test Mode
Print Head Gap Adjust Test Mode
54
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Setting Emulation/Software Options

Emulation
Printer ID
Default Lines Per Inch
Carriage Return Usage
Asian Mode1
Slip Print Width
Receipt Synchronization
Platen Waiting Time
Setting Hardware Options
Print Density
Maximum Power Option
Paper Low Sensor
Paper Width
Knife Options
MICR Option
Check Flip Option
Color Paper Option
MICR Dual Pass
Scan
Setting Default Code Page
Setting EEPROM to default settings
Asian Mode isnt supported by model 7167-1035 and 7167-2035.

November 2003
55
7167 Owners Manual
Configuring the Printer

UsetheConfigurationMenutoselectfunctionsorchangevarioussettingsasindicatedin
theprecedingsections.TheConfigurationMenuprintsinstructionsandsettingoptions
interactivelyastheusergoesthroughtheconfigurationprocess.
Caution:Beextremelycarefulinchanginganyoftheprintersettingstoavoidchanging
settingsthatmightaffecttheperformanceoftheprinter.
Bottom
Cover
1. SetDIPSwitch2toOff,Switch1toOn.
2. Resettheprinter.
ForresettingtheprinterinstructionseeChapter2page13
Thisconfigurationmenuallowsyoutosetmechanicaladjustmentparametersandselect
printertest.
SubmenusareenteredandselectionsaremadeusingthePaperFeedButton.
-
ShortClick:FeedButtonisquicklydepressedandreleased
Longclick:FeedButtonishelddownmorethan1second
Pressthepaperfeedfortheconfigurationyouwant.
Defaultsaremarkedwithasterisk(*).
********MainMenu********
*******************************
Select a sub-menu:
- EXIT
- Print Current Configuration
- Set Communication Interface
- Set Diagnostics Modes
- Set Emulation/Software Options
- Set Hardware Options
- Set Default Code page
- Set EEPROM To Default Settings
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
-> 3 Clicks
-> 4 Clicks
-> 5 Clicks
-> 6 Clicks
-> 7 Clicks
-> 8 Clicks
Enter code, then hold Button DOWN

at least 1 second to validate
56
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
*** Diagnostics Form ***

Model number
Serial number
Boot Firmware
Revision
CRC
Flash Firmware
Revision
CRC
Hardware
Flash Memory Size
Flash Logos Size
Flash Fonts Size
Flash User Storage
*** Printer Config Menu ***
:
:
7167
A991703053
:
:
V00.17
C525
:
:
V03.12
0EFF
:
:
:
:
Communication Interface
Interface Type
:
Parameters
Baud Rate
:
Data Bits
:
Stop Bits
:
Parity
:
Flow Control
:
Reception Errors
:
Receive Buffer
:
2Mbytes
256Kbytes
64Kbytes
64Kbytes
RS232/USB
9600
8
1
None
DTR/DSR
Print ?
4K Bytes
Diagnostic Mode
OFF, Normal Mode
Emulation/Software
Printer Emulation
Printer ID Mode
Default LPI
:
:
:
7158 Native Mode

7158 Native ID
7.52
To enter Diagnostics Mode:

1)
Flip DIP switch #1 on
2)
Reset the printer by pressing
and holding the Receipt Feed switch
down while disconnecting and
reconnecting the power.
The config menu allows you to set

general printer parameters. Sub-menus
are entered and selections are made
using the Paper Feed Button:
-
Short Click : Feed Button is

quickly depressed
then released.
Long Click : Feed Button is held

Down more than 1sec
then released.
CAUTION !!
The settings are predetermined in
factory and should generally not be
changed to avoid changing other
functions.
**************
************* Main Menu *************
*****************************************
Select a sub menu:
- EXIT
- Print Current Configuration
- Set Communication Interface
- Set Diagnostics Modes
- Set Emulation/Software
- Set Hardware Options
- Set Default Code Page 7 Clicks
Set EEPROM To Default
1 Click
2 Clicks
3 Clicks
4 Clicks
5 Clicks
6 Clicks
8 Clicks
Enter code, then hold Button DOWM

at least 1 second to validate
Important: Ensure that the

configuration settings match
your host computer, if not,
enter the Configuration Menu
to make changes.
Configuration Menu and Print Test samples (show approximately 60% of size).
November 2003
57
7167 Owners Manual
4.
PressthePaperFeedButtontomaketheselections.
Theinstructionsindicatewhethertoselectsomethingwithashortclick,alongclick,
oraseriesofshortclicks.IndicateYeswithalongclick,Nowithashortclick.
PressandholdthePaperFeedButtonforatleastonesecondforalongclick.Pressthe
PaperFeedButtonquicklyforashortclick.
5.
Whenfinished,setDIPSwitch1toOffandresetprinter.
Communication Interface Modes

TheConfigurationMenugivestheusertheoptionofsettingtheprintertouseanRS232C
serialport.(SeeConfiguringthePrinterforinstructionsonhowtoenterthe
ConfigurationMenu.)
RS-232C Interface Settings

IftheusersetstheprintertouseanRS232Cserialinterface,theConfigurationMenucan
beusedtosetthefollowingRS232Cspecificsettings:
Set the baud rate to 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400, or 1200 baud
Set the number of data bits to seven or eight
Set the number of stop bits to one or two
Enable or disable parity
Set flow control to software (XON/XOFF) or Hardware (DTR/DSR)
Set the printer to ignore data errors or print a ? upon encountering an error
Thesettingsusedwilldependonthesoftwaretheoperatorisusingandthecapabilitiesof
thehostcomputer.
Pressthepaperfeedbuttonforthecommunicationssettingsyouwant.
Defaultsaremarkedwithasterisks(*).
** SET INTERFACE TYPE ?

YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
RS232/USB*
-> 1 Click
RS232
-> 2 Clicks
USB
-> 3 Clicks
Enter code, then hold Button Down
At least 1 second to validate
** SET BAUD RATE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
115200 Baud
57600 Baud
58
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
38400 Baud -> 3 Clicks

More
-> 5 Clicks
9600 Baud* -> 1 Clicks
1200 Baud -> 4 clicks
** SET NUMBER OF DATA BITS ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
8 Data Bits*
7 Data Bits
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
** SET NUMBER OF STOP BITS ?

YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
1 Stop Bits*
2 Stop Bits
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
** SET PARITY ?
YES -> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
No Parity*
-> 1 Click
Even Parity
-> 2 Clicks
Odd Parity
-> 3 Clicks
** SET FLOW CONTROL METHOD ?
YES -> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Software (XON/XOFF) -> Long Click
Hardware (DTR/DSR)* -> Short Click
** SET DATA RECEPTION ERRORS OPTION ?
YES -> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Ignore Errors -> Long Click
Print ?*
-> Short Click
Note: Press the Paper Feed Button for at least one second to validate the selection.
Receive Buffer Size Option

Thisfunctionallowstheusertosetthebuffersizetoasinglelineora4Kbuffer.
November 2003
59
7167 Owners Manual
Press the Paper Feed Button for the option you want.
** SET RECEIVE BUFFER SIZE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
4K Buffer*
One Line
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselectedcommunicationsettingsorreturntothe
communicationsettingstoselectadditionaloptions.
Save new parameters ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO, MODIFY
-> Short Click
Diagnostic Modes
Thisfunctionallowstheusertoputtheprinterintothefollowingdiagnosticmodes:
OFF, Normal Mode: this is the normal operating mode of the printer.
Datascope Mode: the receipt printer prints incoming commands and data in hexadecimal format.
Slip test Mode: the slip printer prints two code pages.
Receipt Test Mode: the receipt printer prints two code pages.
MICR Test Mode: the receipt printer prints all characters recognized by the MICR.
Check Flip Test Mode: the check flip mechanism will flip an inserted check.
Print Head Gap Adjustment Mode: the slip printer prints several lines of rolling ascii even receipt
cover is open.
ThediagnosticmodesareenabledordisabledbyusingtheConfigurationMenu.See
ConfigurationthePrinter,forinstructionsonhowtoentertheConfigurationMenu.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the diagnostic mode you want.
** SET DIAGNOSTICS MODE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
OFF, Normal Mode*
Data Scope Mode
Slip Test Mode
Receipt Test Mode
60
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
-> 3 Clicks
-> 4 Clicks
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
More Options
-> 7 Clicks
MICR Test mode

-> 1 Click
Check Flip Test mode -> 2 Clicks
Print Head Test Mode -> 3 Clicks
Datascope Mode
DatascopeModeallowstheusertotesttheprinterscommunications.WheninDatascope
Modetheprinterreceivesallcommunications,butinsteadofexecutingthecommandsit
printsthemoutonreceiptpaperashexadecimalnumbersintheorderreceived.For
example,theASCIIcharacterAisprintedasthehexadecimalnumber41ansoon.
ToruntheDatascopeMode:
1. EntertheConfigurationMenu.SeeConfiguringthePrinterforinstructiononhowto
entertheConfigurationMenu.
2. AfteryouhaveenabledtheDatascopeModethroughtheConfigurationMenu,exitthe
ConfigurationMenu.
3. Runatransactionfromthehostcomputer.
Allcommandsanddatasentfromthehostcomputerwillbeprintedashexadecimal
numbersasshownintheillustration.
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
:
:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 @ A
A B C D E F G H I J K L
ToexittheDatascopeMode:
1. EntertheConfigurationMenuagain
2. DisabletheDatascopeMode
3. ExittheConfigurationMenu
TheprinterisinNormalModeandcancommunicatewiththehostcomputer.
Slip Test Mode

ToruntheSlipTestMode:
1. EnabletheSlipTestModethroughtheConfigurationMenu,(SeeConfiguringthe
Printer,forinstructionsonhowtoenterConfigurationMenu).Thenexitthe
ConfigurationMenu.
2. Insertaslipintotheslipstation.
3. PushthePaperFeedButton
4. Allcodepageswillbeprinted.
5. Gotostep2againtorepeatthistest.
November 2003
61
7167 Owners Manual
ToexittheSlipTestMode:
1. EntertheConfigurationMenuagain.
2. DisabletheSlipTestMode.
3. ExittheConfigurationMenu.
TheprinterisintheNormalModeandcancommunicatewiththehostcomputer.
Receipt Test Mode

ToruntheReceiptTestMode:
1. EnabletheReceiptTestModethroughtheConfigurationMenu.SeeConfiguringthe
Printer,forinstructionsonhowtoentertheConfigurationMenu.
2. PushPaperFeedButtonandthereceiptstationwillprintallcodepages.
3. Thetestendswithacut.
ToexittheReceiptTestMode:
2. DisabletheReceiptTestMode
MICR Test Mode

MICRTestModeallowstheusertotestwhethertheMICRisoperatingcorrectly.When
theprinterisinthismodetheMICRreadscharactersonachequeasusual,butinsteadof
transmittingthevaluestothesoftwareitprintsonreceiptpaper.
ToruntheMICRTestMode:
1. EntertheConfigurationMenu.SeeConfiguringthePrinter,forinstructionsonhow
toentertheConfigurationMenu.
2. AfterenablingtheMICRTestModethroughtheConfigurationMenu,exitthe
ConfigurationMenu.
3. Insertacheckintotheslipstation.(SeeVerifyingandValidatingCheckssection.)
4. Theprinterwaitsuntilacheckisinsertedanddetectedbeforetheplatenclosesand
thecharactersarereadbytheMICRcheckreader.Thedecodeddataisprintedon
receiptpaper,theplatenisopened,andthetestisrestarted.
5. Theprintednumbersshouldmatchthenumbersonthecheck.IftheMICRcheck
readermisreadsacharacter,thetestprintsquestionmark?.IftheMICRcheck
readerisunabletoreadanycharacters,thetestprintsNOMICRDATATO
DECODE.
62
*** GOOD READ ***

MICR Data:
5001234UT33456789T 123 67 5
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
ToexittheMICRTestMode:
2. DisabletheMICRTestMode.
TheprinterisintheNormalModeandcancommunicatewiththehostcomputer.
Check Flip Test Mode

ToruntheCheckFlipTestMode:
1. EnabletheCheckFlipTestModethroughtheConfigurationMenu(SeeConfiguring
thePrinter,forinstructiononhowtoentertheConfigurationMenu),thenexitthe
ConfigurationMenu.
2. Insertacheckasifvalidatingthecheck,lengthwiseandfacedownintotheslip
station.(SeeVerifyingandValidatingCheckssectiontoinsertcheck.)
Acheckmustbeusedifanyothersliporformisinsertedtheprinterwillnot
conduct.
LED
Extended Slip
Table
Guide
3.
PushPaperFeedButton.
4.
Thecheckthengoesthroughthefliproutineonlynoprintingtakesplace.
ToexittheCheckFlipTestModel:
2. DisabletheCheckFlipTestMode.
November 2003
63
7167 Owners Manual
Print Head Gap Adjustment Mode

PrintHeadGapAdjustmentTestModeprintsseverallinesofHcharacter.Thisistheslip
printtestingduringtheprintheadgapadjustment.Duringadjustment,somecoverswill
beremovedfromtheprinter,eveninthiscondition,slipprintingneedtoberunwhen
paperisinserted.PrintHeadGapAdjustmentTestModeisenabledanddisabledusing
theConfigurationMenu.
TorunthePrintHeadGapAdjustmentTestMode:
1. EnablethePrintHeadGapTestModethroughtheConfigurationMenu,(See
ConfiguringthePrinter,forinstructionsonhowtoentertheConfigurationMenu.
2. Insertaslipintotheslipstation.
3. PushPaperFeedButton.
4. SeverallinesofRollingASCIIcharacterwillbeprinted.
Note:Printingwilltakeplaceevenwhenreceiptcoverisopen.
ToexitthePrintHeadGapAdjustmentTestMode:
2. DisablethePrintHeadGapAdjustmentTestMode.
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselecteddiagnosticsmodesorreturntothediagnostics
modetoselectadditionaloptions.
YES
>LongClick
NO,MODIFY>ShortClick
Emulation/Software Options
Printer Emulations
Printeremulationsdeterminethecommandsthatareavailabletotheprinter.Theyareset
byusingtheConfigurationMenu.(SeeConfiguringthePrinter,forinstructionsonhow
toentertheConfigurationMenu.).Theavailableoptionsare:
64
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
7158 Native Mode

7156 Mode
7150 Mode
7167 Mode
Press the Paper Feed Button for the emulation you want.
** SET EMULATION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
7158 Mode*
7156 Mode
7150 Mode
7167 Native Mode
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
-> 3 Clicks
-> 4 Clicks

Printer ID Selections
PrinterIDSelectionsdeterminestheprintIDthatisreturnedfromtheprinter.Thisisset
byusingtheConfigurationMenu.(SeeConfiguringthePrinter,forinstructionsonhow
toentertheConfigurationMenu.).Theavailableoptionsare:
7158 Native ID
Emulated Print ID
7167 Native ID
Press the Paper Feed Button for the emulation you want.
** SET PRINTER ID MODE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
7158 Mode ID*
-> 1 Click
Emulated Printer ID
-> 2 Clicks
7167 Native ID
-> 3 Clicks
Note: Press the Paper Feed Button for at least one second to validate the selection
Default Lines Per Inch

Thisfunctionallowstheusertosetthedefaultlinesperinchprintedbythethermal
printerto6,7.52or8.13.(SeeConfiguringthePrinterforinstructionsonhowtoenter
theConfigurationMenutochangethissetting.)
Press the Paper Feed Button for the lines per inch you want.
November 2003
65
7167 Owners Manual
** SET DEFAULT LINES PER INCH ?

YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
8.13 Lines per Inch
-> 1 Click
7.52 Lines per Inch*
-> 2 Clicks
6 Lines per Inch
-> 3 Clicks
Carriage Return Usage

ThisfunctionallowstheprintertoignoreorusetheCarriageReturn(hexadecimal0D)
commanddependingontheapplication.Someapplicatonsexpectthecommandtobe
ignoredwhileothersusethecommandasaprintcommand.(SeeConfiguringthe
PrinterforinstructionsonhowtoentertheConfigurationMenutochangethissetting.)
Press the Paper Feed Button for the carriage return usage you want.
** SET CARRIAGE RETURN USAGE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Ignore CR
Use CR as Print Cmd*
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
Asian Mode*
ThisfunctionmakesitpossiblefortheusertoselectanAsiancharacterfortheprinter.(See
ConfiguringthePrinterforinstructionsonhowtoentertheConfigurationMenuto
changethissetting.)
Note:ForAsiancodepages,onlyone(either932,936,949or950)willexistinthe
firmware.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the Asian mode you want.
** SET ASIAN MODE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Asian Mode On
Asian Mode Off*
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
Not supported by 7167-1035 and 7167-2035
66
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Slip Printing Width

Thisfunctionallowsforthe7167printertobesetinamodethatallowsfortheprinterto
droptheleft21columnsofdata.Forexampleiftheprinterwasconnectedtoan
applicationthatwassendingdatafora7158printerwhichsupports66columnsofprint
the7167printercouldreplacethe7158withoutapplicationchanges.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the slip printing width option you want.
** SET SLIP PRINTING WIDTH ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
7167 MODE*
-> Long Click
7158/7156 MODE -> Short Click
Receipt Synchronization Mode

Thestandardmodeforsynchronizationallowsforverificationofeachlineprintedtothe
host.Whenthereceiptsynchronizationisdisabledtheprinterwillallowformaximum
printspeedandignoretheverificaitonofeachlineprinted.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the receipt synchronization mode option you want.
** SET RECEIPT SYNCHRONIZATON MODE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Receipt Sync.*
-> Long Click
Disable Receipt Sync.
->Short Click
Platen Waiting Time

Thisfunctionmakesitpossiblefortheusertoselectwhethertoselectwaittimewhich
paperdetectfrom.(SeeConfiguringthePrinterforinstructionsonhowtoenterthe
ConfigurationMenutochangethissetting.)
Press the Paper Feed Button for the platen waiting time option you want.
** SET PLATEN WAITING TIME ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
No Extra Time*
Extra 1 sec
Extra 2 sec
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
-> 3 Clicks
November 2003
67
7167 Owners Manual
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselectedemulations/softwaresettingsorreturntothe
emulations/softwaresettingstoselectadditionaloptions.
YES
-> Long Click
NO, MODIFY
-> Short Click
Hardware Options
Print Density
Thisfunctionmakesitpossibletoadjusttheenergyleveloftheprintheadtodarkenthe
printout.Anadjustmentshouldonlybemadewhennecessary.Thefactorysettingis100%.
Warning:Chooseanenergylevelnohigherthannecessarytoachieveadarkprintout.
Failuretoobservethisrulemayresultinaprinterservicecallorvoidingoftheprinter
warranty.ConsultyourNCRtechnicalsupportspecialistifyouhaveanyquestions.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the print density you want.
** SET PRINT DENSITY ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
100 %*
-> 1 Click
110 %
-> 2 Clicks
120 %
-> 3 Clicks
Maximum Power Option

Thisfunctionallowstheusertosetthemaximumpowerfortheprinterto75Wor55W.
** SET MAX POWER OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
55W Power Supply*
75W Power Supply
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
68
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Paper Low Sensor

PaperLowSensormakesitpossibletoenableordisablethepaperlowsensorfor
particularprinterconfigurations.
** SET PAPER LOW SENSOR OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Paper Low Sensor*
Disable Paper Low Sensor
-> Long Click

-> Short Clicks
Paper Width
Thisfunctionallowstheusertosetthedefaultpaperwidthforthereceiptthermalprinter
to58mmor80mmwide.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the paper width option you want.
** SET PAPER WIDTH ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Paper Width = 80 mm*
-> 1 Click
Paper Width = 58 mm
-> 2 Clicks
Knife Option
ThisoptionmakesitpossibletosettheKnifeOptionifitisinstalledintheprinter.This
settingshouldonlybechangedistheoptionisaddedorremoved.
** SET KNIFE OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Knife*
Disable Knife
-> Long
-> Short
November 2003
69
7167 Owners Manual
MICR Option
ThisfunctionmakesitpossibletosettheMICROptionifitisinstalledintheprinter.This
settingshouldonlybechangediftheoptionisaddedorremoved.
** SET MICR OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable MICR*
Disable MICR
-> Long
-> Short
Check Flip Option

ThisfunctionmakesitpossibletosettheCheckFlipOptionifitisinstalledintheprinter.
Thissettingshouldonlybechangediftheoptionisaddedorremoved.
** SET CHECK FLIP OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Check Flip*
Disable Check Flip
-> Long
-> Short
Color Paper Option

Thisfunctionallowstheusertosetthecolorpaperforthereceiptthermalprintertoone
colorpaperortwocolorpaper.
** SET COLOR PAPER OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Monochrome*
Color Paper
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
70
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
MICR Dual Pass Option

ThisfunctionallowstheusertosetthedualpassMICRoption.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the MICR dual pass option you want.
** SET MICR DUAL PASS OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Dual Pass
Disable Dual Pass*
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
Scan Option
ThisfunctionallowstheusertosetScanoptioneitherenabledordisabled.
** SET SCAN OPTION ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
Enable Scan*
Disable Scan
-> Long Click

-> Short Click
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselectedhardwaresettingsorreturntothehardware
optionstoselectadditionaloptions.
YES
-> Long Click
NO, MODIFY
-> Short Click
Default Code Page

Thisfunctionmakesitpossibletoselectthedefaultcodepage.
Thesearethecodepagesavailableforprinting:
November 2003
71
7167 Owners Manual
Code page 437 (US English)

Code page 850 (Multilingual)
Code page 852 (Slavic)
Code page 858 (with Euo symbol)
Code page 860 (Portuguese)
Code page 862 (Hebrew)
Code page 863 (French Canadian)
Code page 864 (Arabic)
Code page 865 (Nordic)
Code page 866 (Cyrillic)
Code page 874 (Thai)
Code page 1252 (Windows Latin #1)
Code page Katakana
Code page 932 (MS Japan) *
Space page
Note:ForAsiancodepages,codepage936,949,or950replacescodepage932.Onlyone
Asiancodepage(either932,936,949,950)willexistinfirmware.
Press the Paper Feed Button for the Default Code Page you want.
** SET CODE PAGE ?
YES
-> Long Click
NO
-> Short Click
FOR 7158 Mode:
Code Page 437* -> 1 Click
Code Page 850 -> 2 Clicks
More Options
-> 5 Clicks
Code Page 860 -> 1 Click
More Options
-> 5 Clicks
Code Page 865 -> 1 Click
More Options
-> 5 Clicks
*
72
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual

Code Page Katakana
-> 1 Click
-> 2 Clicks
Code Page 932*
FOR 7156 Mode:

Code Page 437* -> 1 Click
For Asian code pages*, code page 936, 949 or 950 replaces code page 932 in the above
shown menu. Only one Asian code page (Either 932, 936, 949 or 950) will exist in
firmware.
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselecteddefaultcodepageselectonorreturntothedefault
codepageselectontoselectadditionaloptions.
YES
-> Long Click
NO, MODIFY
-> Short Click
EEPROM to Default Settings

ThisselectionresetstheconfigurationtotheDefaultSettings.
Caution:Beextremelycarefulchanginganyoftheprintersettingstoavoidinadvertently
changingothersettingsthatmightaffecttheperformanceoftheprinter.
**RESETEEPROMTODEFAULTVALUES?
YES
>LongClick
NO
>ShortClick
Note:PressthePaperFeedButtonforatleastonesecondtovalidatetheselection.

November 2003
73
7167 Owners Manual
Save Parameters
Thisfunctionallowstosavetheselecteddefaultcodepageselectonorreturntothedefault
codepageselectontoselectadditionaloptions.
YES
-> Long Click
NO,MODIFY>ShortClick
74
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Level 2 Diagnostics
Level2diagnosticsrunduringnormalprinteroperation.Whenthefollowingconditions
occur,theprinterautomaticallyturnsofftheappropriatemotor,disablesprintingto
preventdamage,andturnsonthegreenLED(flashesthegreenLEDifthereceiptprint
headistoohotorthevoltagesareoutofrange):
Paper out
Cover open
Knife unable to go back to home position
Print head too hot
Power supply voltage out of range
Slip or flip motor jam
SeeChapter3:SolvingProblemsformoreinformationaboutotherconditionsthatmay
occurandhowtocorrectthem.
Status
LED Behaviour
PowerOff
Off
FirmwareDownload
VeryFastBlink
Level0Diagnostics
NoBlink
ReceiptPaperLow
SlowBlink
TemperatureError
NoBlink
VoltageError
NoBlink
CoverOpen
FastBlink
ReceiptPaperOut
FastBlink
KnifeJam
FastBlink,thenSlowBlink
SlipCoverOpen
FastBlink
FlipCoverOpen
FastBlink
ReceiptCoverOpen
FastBlink
SlipMotorJam
FastBlink
FlipMotorJam
FastBlink
SlipRibbonCarriageError
FastBlink
Allotherstates
On
November 2003
75
7167 Owners Manual
Level 3 Diagnostics
Level3diagnosticskeepstrackofthefollowingtalliesandprintsthemonthereceipt
duringthereceipttest.SeeSamplePrintTestlaterinthischapter.
Serial number
Model number
CRC number
Number of receipt lines printed
Number of knife cuts
Number of slip lines
Number of slip characters
Number of MICR reads
Number of hours printer is on
Number of flash cycles
Maximum temperature reached
Number of cutter jams
Number of times the door is open
76
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 5: Communication
Communication Overview
Inorderforareceipttobeprinted,aprogrammustbeinplacethattranslatesthedata
fromthehostcomputerintoalanguagethattheprintercanunderstand.Thisprogram
musttelltheprinterexactlyhowtoprinteachcharacter.Thischapterdescribeshowto
createsuchaprogramormodifyanexistingone.
Interface
Inorderfortheprintertocommunicatewiththehost,acommunicationlinkmustbeset
up.The7167supportstheindustrystandardRS232Ccommunicationinterface.This
interfacehasaprotocolassociatedwithitthatthehostcomputermustunderstandand
adhere.TheprineralsosupportsUSBcommunications.
Onlywhentheinterfaceparametersarematchedandtheproperprotocolisusedwillthe
hostandtheprinterbeabletocommunicate.Seethesection,RS232CInterfaceonthe
nextpageforadescriptionoftheprotocolassociatedwiththeRS232Cinterface.
Sending Commands
Oncethecommunicationlinkisestablished,commandscanbesenttotheprinter.This
sectiondescribeshowtosendcommandstotheprinterusingDOSandBASIC.This
sectiondoesnottakeintoaccountthenecessaryprotocol,butismeantasageneral
introductiontohowtheprinterfunctions.
Using DOS to Send Commands

OnewayofgettingcommandstotheprinteristosendthemdirectlyfromDOS.For
example,thecommand
COPY CON: COM1:
ThissetsthecomputerupsuchthattheHexcodecorrespondingtoanykeythatwas
pressedwouldbesenttotheRS232CcommunicationportCOM1whentheCOPYmode
isexited.IftheprinterisconnectedtoCOM1,thenthedatawillgototheprinter.
ExittheCOPYmodebytyping
CTRL Z
andthenpressingtheENTERkey.Thisdirectsthedatafromanyprintcommandtothe
properport,commandscanbesentfromanysoftwareprogram.
November 2003
75
7167 Owners Manual
Using BASIC to Send Commands

InBASIC,printercommandsaresentasastringofcharactersprecededbytheLPRINT
command.Forexample,
LPRINT CHR$(&H0A)
sendsthehexadecimalnumber0Atotheprinter,whichcausestheprintertoprintthe
contentsofitsprintbuffer.Previouslysentcommandstelltheprinterexactlyhowthis
datashouldappearonthepaper.Forexample,
LPRINT CHR$(&H12); "ABC"; CHR$(&H0A)
sendstheHexnumbers124142430Atotheprinter.Thiscausestheprintertosetitselfto
doublewidemode(12),loadtheprintbufferwithABC(414243),andfinally,print
(0A).Again,thecommunicationlinkthattheBASICprogramoutputstomustbematched
tothatoftheprinter.
RS-232C Interface
TheRS232CinterfaceuseseitherXON/XOFForDTR/DSRprotocol.ForXON/XOFF,a
particularcharacterissentbackandforthbetweenthehostandtheprintertoregulatethe
communication.ForDTR/DSR,changesintheDTR/DSRsignalcoordinatethedataflow.
TheRS232Cversionofthe7167offersthestandardoptionswhichareselectableinthe
Diagnosticmode.SeeDiagnostics:CommunicationsInterfaceSettingslaterinthisbook.
Print Speed and Timing

Thefastspeedoftheprinterrequirestheapplicationtosenddatatotheprinteratleastas
fastasitisprinted.Thisapplicationmustalsoallowreceiptlinestobebufferedaheadat
theprinter,sotheprintercanprinteachlineimmediatelyaftertheprecedingline,without
stoppingtowaitformoredata.Ideally,theapplicationwillsendallthedataforanentire
receiptwithoutpausingbetweencharactersorlinestransmitted.
Iftheapplicationsendsdataat9600baudandpausesbetweenlinesforaslittleas50
milliseconds,theprinterwillneverbeabletoprintatfullspeed.But,iftheapplication
sendsdataat19.2Kbaudanddoesnotpausebetweenlines,theprinterwillbeableto
printatitsfullspeedof1020lines/minute.
Thetableshowsthatwithapauseof50millisecondsaftereachline,thetransmittime
equalsorexceedstheprinttime,slowingdowntheprinter,regardlessofthebaudrate.
76
Char./Line
Lines/Receipt
Transmit Time: (9600 Baud)
Transmit Time: (19.2 K Baud)
Print Time
20
20
1.4Seconds
1.2Seconds
0.5Seconds
20
40
2.8Seconds
2.4Seconds
1.0Seconds
44
20
1.88Seconds
1.44Seconds
1.1Seconds
44
40
3.76Seconds
2.88Seconds
2.2Seconds
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Thenexttableshowsthatwithnodelaybetweenlines,thetransmittimeismuchlessthan
theprinttime,allowingtheprintertoprintatfullspeed.
Char./Line
Lines/Receipt
Transmit Time: (9600 Baud)
Transmit Time: (19.2 K Baud)
Print Time
20
20
0.4Seconds
0.2Seconds
0.5Seconds
20
40
0.8Seconds
0.4Seconds
1.0Seconds
44
20
0.88Seconds
0.44Seconds
1.1Seconds
44
40
1.76Seconds
0.88Seconds
2.2Seconds
XON/XOFF Protocol
TheXON/XOFFcharacterscoordinatetheinformationtransferbetweentheprinterand
thehostcomputer.TheprintersendsanXONcharacterwhenitisreadytoreceivedata
anditsendsanXOFFcharacterwhenitcannotacceptanymoredata.Thesoftwareonthe
hostcomputermustmonitorthecommunicationlinkasshowninthefollowingflowchart
inordertosenddataattheappropriatetimes.
IfXON/XOFFhasbeenselected,theprinteralsotogglestheDTRsignal,asdescribedin
thenextsection,butitdoesnotlookattheDSRsignaltotransmitdata.
XONcharacter=Hex11.
XOFFcharacter=Hex13.
DTR/DSR Protocol
TheDTRsignalisusedtocontroldatatransmissiontotheprinter.Itisdrivenlowwhen
theprinterisreadytorecievedataanddrivenhighwhenitcannotacceptanymoredata.
DataistransmittedfromtheprinterafteritconfirmsthattheDSRsignalislow.
November 2003
77
7167 Owners Manual
RS-232C Technical Specifications

ThissectiondescribesthepinsettingsfortheconnectorsandtheRS232Cinterface
parameters.TheRS232CparametersareselectableintheDiagnosticmode.See
Diagnostics:CommunicationsInterfaceSettingsinchapter4forthepositionoftheDIP
switches.TheRS232Cparametersmustmatchthoseofthehost.
Connectors
RS-232C Communication Connector Pin Assignments
TheillustrationshowstheRS232Ccommunicationconnectorandpinassignments.The
connectorisa9pinmaleDshellconnectorandislocatedinthehollowcavityunderthe
printerattherear.
RS-232C 9-Pin to 9-Pin Cable Diagram

Note:Thisinformationisprovidedfortestingandtroubleshootingonly.
7167
Printer
Host
78
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
USB Cable Connector

The following illustration is for the USB Type B communication connector and pin assignment.
2
Printer View End
Pin No
1
2
3
4
Signal
+5 V USB
Data Data +
Ground
Power Cable Connector
Theillustrationshowsthepowercableconnectorandpinassignments.Thepowercable
connectorisa3pinDINplugandislocatedinthehollowcavityundertheprinteratthe
rear.
November 2003
79
7167 Owners Manual
Cash Drawer Connector and Pin Assignments

Thefollowingillustrationshowsthepinoutdesignationforthecashdrawerconnectors.
Thefollowingtableprovidesthepinoutassignmentsforcashdrawersoneandtwo.The
cashdrawerconnectorsarelocatedattherearoftheprinter.
Pin 1
80
Pin 6
Pin Number
Cash Drawer 1 Connector
FrameGround
Drawer1Solenoid
Drawer1StatusSwitch
+24Volts(toSolenoid+)
Drawer2Solenoid
Ground(StatusSwitchReturn)
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Switch Settings
TheDIPswitchesarelocatedonthePCboardatthebackoftheprinterasshowninthe
illustrationinLevel1Diagnosticsinchapter4.Theswitchesareusedtoputtheprinter
intovariousmodesforprinterconfigurationsetup.
Useapapercliporotherpointedobjecttosettheswitches.
1.
Settheswitchestothedesiredsettingsshowninthetable.
2.
Resettheprinter.
Caution:Settingswitch1toOnputstheprinterinlevel1diagnostics(setupmode)where
otherfunctionsandtestscanbechanged.
DIP Switch Settings for RS-232C Parameters

Switch 1
Setting
Switch 2 Setting
Printer State
OFF(0)
OFF(0)
OnlineMode(default)
ON(1)
OFF(0)
DiagnosticMode
OFF(0)
ON(1)
FlashDownloadMode
ON(1)
ON(1)
VendorAdjustmentMode
Setting Extra RS-232C Options

ThefollowingextraoptionsareavailablefortheRS232CInterface:
Data errors
Print?fordataerrors(default)
Ignoredataerrors
November 2003
81
82
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Chapter 6: Commands
Introduction
Thedifferentfeaturesandfunctionsprovidedbytheprinterarecontrolledby
sendingcommandsfromthehostcomputertotheprinter.Thissectiondescribesthe
commandsthataresupportedbytheprinter.Theprintercommandsaremadeupof
oneormorebytesofdatastartingwithacommandcontrolcodefollowedbyits
supportingparameters.
Commandscontrolalloperationsandfunctionsoftheprinter.Thisincludes
selectingthesizeandplacementofcharactersandgraphicsonthereceiptortheslip
andfeedingandcuttingthepaper.Unlessotherwisenoted,anyofthecommands
maybeusedinanycombinationtocommunicatewiththeprinterfromaprogramin
ahostcomputer.
Inordertoallowthegracefulhandlingofcommandsthatmaybeavailableinother
printersbutarenotavailableinthisprinter,somecommandswillbelistedand
describedbutidentifiedasnotimplemented.Iftheprinterreceivesoneofthese
notimplementedcommands,thecommandanditssupportingoperandswillbe
discarded.Anyotherdatabytes,includingunrecognizedcommands,aresenttothe
printbufferasdata,andtheprinterwillattempttoprintthedatawhenitis
instructedtoprintthebuffer.
List of Commands and Location

Thissectionpresentsgroupsoflistsofthehexadecimalcommandcodes,
parameters,andthecommandnames.Apagereferenceisprovidedforthepage
onwhichthecommandismorefullydescribed.Ifthisdocumentisbeingviewed
online,thepagereferencewillbelinkedtotheactualpageandmayclickedtogo
tothatpage.
Thefirstsectionlistsallofthecommands.Thefollowinglistsareseparatedinto
functionalcategorygroupings.
Allcommandslistedinboldoritalicsareneworhaveadditionalfunctionality
whencomparedtotheNCR7156.Commandsinitalicsaresupportedbymodel
71671035and71672035.Thesetwomodelscannotsupportcommandsinbold
italics.
November 2003
83
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
By Command Code
AllitemsinBOLDareneworhaveadditionalfunctionalitywhencomparedtothe7156.
All items in italic letters are commands for scanner function and are supported only by
model71671035and71672035.ItemsinbolditalicareAsianmodecommandsandare
notsupportedbymodel71671035and71672035.
84
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
09
HorizontalTab
127
0A
PrintandFeedPaperOneLine
118
0C
PrintandReturntoStandardMode
197
0C
PrintandEjectSlip
118
0D
PrintandCarriageReturn
119
10
ClearPrinter
103
1004n
RealTimeStatusTransmission(DLESequence)
180
1005n
RealTimeRequesttoPrinter(GSSequence)
183
11
CloseForm
104
12
SelectDoubleWideCharacters
134
13
SelectSingleWideCharacters
134
14n
FeednPrintLines
119
15n
FeednDotRows
120
16n
AddnExtraDotRows
120
17
Print
121
18
OpenForm
104
18
CancelPrintDatainPageMode
198
19
PerformFullKnifeCut
105
1A
PerformPartialKnifeCut
105
1B(+*.bmp)
DownloadBMPLogo
154
1B07
GenerateTone
106
1B0C
PrintDatainPageMode
198
1B12
Select90DegreeCounterClockwiseRotated
Print
135
1B14n
SetColumn
127
Page
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
1B16n
SelectPitch(ColumnWidth)
135
1B20n
SetCharacterRightSideSpacing
136
1B21n
SelectPrintModes
138
1B24n1n2
SetAbsoluteStartingPosition
128
1B25n
SelectorCancelUserDefinedCharacterSet
139
1B263c1c2dn
DefineUserDefinedCharacters
140
1B27ma0a1a2
d1dm
WritetoUserDataStorage
219
1B2Amn1n2
SelectBitImageMode
155
1B2Dn
SelectorCancelUnderlineMode
142
1B32
SetLineSpacingto1/6Inch
122
1B33n
SetLineSpacing
122
1B34ma0a1a2
ReadfromUserDataStorage
220
1B3A303030
CopyCharacterSetfromROMtoRAM
142
1B3C
ReturnHome
106
1B3Dn
SelectPeripheralDevice(ForMultiDrop)
106
1B3Fn
CancelUserdefinedCharacters
143
1B40
InitializePrinter
107
1B43n
SetSlipPaperEjectLength
107
1B44[n]k00
SetHorizontalTabs
129
1B45n
SelectorCancelEmphasizedMode
143
1B47
SelectDoubleStrike(7156Emulation)
144
1B48
CancelDoubleStrike
145
1B49n
SetorCancelItalicPrint
145
1B4An
PrintandFeedPaper
123
1B4Bn
PrintandReverseFeedPaper
123
1B4C
SelectPageMode
199
1B4Cn1n2d1dn
SelectDoubleDensityGraphics
(7156Emulation)
158
1B52n
SelectInternationalCharacterSet
146
1B53
SelectStandardMode
200
1B54n
SelectPrintDirectioninPageMode
201
1B55n
SelectorCancelUnidirectionalPrintingMode
147
Page
d1dn
November 2003
85
Chapter 6: Commands
86
7167 Owners Manual
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
1B56n
SelectorCancel90DegreesClockwiseRotated
147
1B57n1,n2,n8
SetPrintingAreainPageMode
202
1B59n1n2d1dn
158
1B5B7D
SwitchtoFlashDownloadMode
256
1B5Cn1n2
SetRelativePrintPosition
130
1B61n
SelectJustification
131
1B6330n
SelectReceiptorSlipforPrinting;Slipfor
MICRRead
107
1B6331n
SelectReceiptorSlipforSettingLineSpacing
109
1B6334n
SelectSensorstoStopPrinting
110
1B6335n
EnableorDisablePanelButtons
111
1B64n
1B6337n
PrintandFeednLines
EnableorDisableSlipPaperEndFeedingStop
124
112
1B65n
PrintandReverseFeednLines
124
1B66mn
SetSlipPaperWaitingTime
113
1B69
PerformFullKnifeCut
105
1B6Ak
ReadfromNonVolatileMemory
221
1B6D
PerformPartialCut
105
1B70np1p2
GeneratePulsetoOpenCashDrawer
114
1B72n
SelectPrintColor
148
1B73n1n2k
WritetoNonVolatileMemory(NVRAM)
221
1B74n
146
1B750
TransmitPeripheralDeviceStatus
164
1B76
TransmitPrinterStatus
164
1B7701
ReadMICRDataandTransmit
207
1B7746
CheckFlip
219
1B7750
DefineParsingFormat,SaveinNVRAM
208
1B7752
RereadMICRData
207
1B7770
DefineParsingFormat,DoNotSave
Permanently
208
1B7An
SelectorCancelParallelPrintingModeonR&J
115
1B7Bn
SelectorCancelUpsideDownPrintingMode
148
1C
115
1C21n
SelectSlipStation
Select print modes for Kanji characters
1C2867pLpH28
Scanning Threshold
232
1C2867pLpH29
ScanningArea
233
1C2867pLpH32
CompressionMode
233
Page
November 2003
228
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
1C2867pLpH38
DeletesCroppingArea
234
1C2867pLpH39
SetCroppingArea
235
1C2867pLpH3C
TransmissionFormat
236
1C2867pLpH50
TransmitsThresholdLevel
237
1C2867pLpH51
TransmitsScanningArea
238
1C2867pLpH5A
TransmitsCompressionMethod
239
1C2867pLpH61
Transmitsthecroppingarea
240
1C2867pLpH64
TransmitstheFileFormat
242
1C2867pLpH65
SelectScanningmode
243
1C2867pLpH66
Transmitsscanningmode
243
1C2Dn
TurnunderlinemodeON/OFFforKanji
229
1C32c1c2d1dn
DefineuserdefinedKanjicharacters
229
1C53n1n2
SetKanjicharacterspacing
230
1F56n
SendPrinterSoftwareVersion
175
1c57n
SetquadruplemodeON/OFFforKanji
231
1D00
RequestPrinterID
257
1D01
ReturnSegmentNumberStatusofFlash
Memory
258
1D02n
SelectFlashMemorySectortoDownload
258
1D03n
RealTimeRequesttoPrinter(DLESequence)
183
1D04n
RealTimeStatusTransmission(GSSequence)
180
1D05
RealTimePrinterStatusTransmission
185
1D06
GetFirmwareCRC
259
1D07
ReturnMicroprocessorCRC
259
1D0E
ErasetheFlashMemory
259
1D0F
ReturnMainProgramFlashCRC
260
1D10n
EraseSelectedFlashSector
260
1D11alahclchd1dn
DownloadtoActiveFlashSector
261
1D14n
ReverseFeednLines
125
1D15n
ReverseFeednDots
125
1D21n
SelectCharacterSize
149
1D22n
SelectMemoryType(SRAM/Flash)Whereto
SaveLogosorUserDefinedFonts
222
1D2255n1n2
FlashAllocation
223
1D23n
SelecttheCurrentLogo(DownloadedBit
Image)
158
1D24nLnH
SetAbsoluteVerticalPrintPositioninPage
203
Page
November 2003
87
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Page
Command Name
Mode
88
1D2847pLpH41
ExecutesScan
243
1D2847pLpH42
TransmitsScanDatafromWorkingBuffer
251
1D2847pLpH44
PrintScannedImage
255
1D2847pLpH45
ExecuteShadingCorrection
255
1D2847pLpH46
StoreImageintoFlashROM
253
1D2847pLpH47
ClearAllScanImageFilesinFlashROM
254
1D2847pLpH49
TransmitsScanDatafromFlashROM
252
1D2847pLpH4A
ReverseFeedtotopofform
256
1D2An1n2d1dn]
DefineDownloadedBitImage
159
1D2Fm
PrintDownloadedBitImage
161
1D3A
StartorEndMacroDefinition
205
1D40n
EraseUserFlashSector
224
1D42n
SelectorCancelWhite/BlackReversePrint
Mode
150
1D48n
SelectPrintingPositionforHRICharacters
190
1D49n
TransmitPrinterID
165
1D4940n
TransmitPrinterID,RemoteDiagnostics
Extension
167
1D4CnLnH
SetLeftMargin
132
1D50xy
SetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotion
Units
126
1D56m
SelectCutModeandCutPaper
115
1D56mn
115
1D57nLnH
SetPrintingAreaWidth
133
1D5CnLnH
SetRelativeVerticalPrintPositioninPage
Mode
204
1D5Ertm
ExecuteMacro
206
1D61n
SelectorCancelAutomaticStatusBack
186
1D66n
SelectPitchforHRICharacters
191
1D68n
SelectBarCodeHeight
191
1D6Bmd1
PrintBarCode
192
1D6Bmnd1dn
PrintBarCode
192
1D72n
TransmitStatus
168
1D77n
SelectBarCodeWidth
196
1DFF
RebootPrinter
262
1E
SelectReceiptStation
117
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Page
Command Name
1F04n
Convert6Dots/mmBitmapto8Dots/mm
Bitmap
162
1F05n
SelectSuperscriptorSubscriptModes
151
IF11[mn],[mn][m
n]0FFH
PrinterSettingChange
225
1F56
SendPrinterSoftwareVersion
175
1F74
PrintTestForm
117
November 2003
89
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Printer Function Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
Page
10
ClearPrinter
103
11
CloseForm
104
18
OpenForm
104
19
PerformFullKnifeCut
105
1A
105
1B07
GenerateTone
106
1B3C
ReturnHome
106
1B3D
SelectPeripheralDevice(forMultiDrop)
106
1B40
InitializePrinter
107
1B43n
SetSlipPaperEjectLength
107
1B6330n
SelectReceiptorSlipforPrinting;SlipforMICR
Read
107
1B6331n
SelectReceiptorSlipforSettingLineSpacing
109
1B6334n
SelectSensorstoStopPrinting
110
1B6335n
EnableorDisablePanelButtons
111
1B6337n
EnableorDisableSlipPaperEndFeedingStop
112
1B66mn
SetSlipPaperWaitingTime
113
1B69
PerformFullKnifeCut
105
1B6D
105
1B70np1p2
GeneratePulsetoOpenCashDrawer
114
1B7An
SelectorCancelParallelPrintingModeonR&J
115
1C
SelectSlipStation
115
1D56m
115
1D56mn
115
1E
SelectReceiptStation
117
1F74
PrintTestForm
117
90
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Vertical Positioning and Print

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command Name
Page
0A
PrintandFeedPaperOneLine
118
0C
PrintandReturntoStandardMode/Printand
EjectSlip
118
0D
PrintandCarriageReturn
119
14n
FeednPrintLines
119
15n
FeednDotRows
120
16n
AddnExtraDotRows
120
17
Print
121
1B32
SetLineSpacingto1/6Inch
122
1B33n
SetLineSpacing
122
1B4An
PrintandFeedPaper
123
1B4Bn
PrintandReverseFeedPaper
124
1B64n
PrintandFeednLines
125
1B65n
PrintandReverseFeednLines
124
1D14n
ReverseFeednLines
125
1D15n
ReverseFeednDots
125
1D50xy
SetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotion
Units
126
November 2003
91
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Horizontal Positioning Commands
92
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
09
HorizontalTab
127
1B14n
SetColumn
127
1B24n1n2
128
1B44[n]k00
SetHorizontalTabs
129
1B5Cn1n2
130
1B61n
SelectJustification
131
1D4CnLnH
SetLeftMargin
132
1D57nLnH
SetPrintingAreaWidth
133
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Print Characteristic Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
12
SelectDoubleWideCharacters
134
13
SelectSingleWideCharacters
134
1B12
Select90DegreeCounterClockwiseRotatedPrint
135
1B16n
SelectPitch(ColumnWidth)
135
1B20n
SetCharacterRightSideSpacing
136
1B21n
SelectPrintModes
138
1B25n
SelectorCancelUserDefinedCharacterSet
139
1B26sc1c2d1dn
DefineUserDefinedCharacters
140
1B2Dn
SelectorCancelUnderlineMode
142
1B3A303030
CopyCharacterSetfromROMtoRAM
142
1B3Fn
CancelUserDefinedCharacters
143
1B45n
SelectorCancelEmphasizedMode
143
1B47
SelectDoubleStrike(7156EmulationMode)
144
1B47n
SelectDoubleStrike(7158/7167NativeModes)
144
1B48
CancelDoubleStrike
145
1B49n
SelectorCancelItalicPrint
145
1B52n
146
1B55n
SelectorCancelUnidirectionalPrintingMode
147
1B56n
SelectorCancel90DegreesClockwiseRotated
Print
147
1B72n
SelectPrintColor
148
1B74n
146
1B7Bn
SelectorCancelUpsideDownPrintingMode
148
1D21n
SelectCharacterSize
149
1D42n
SelectorCancelWhite/BlackReversePrint
Mode
150
1F05n
SelectSuperscriptorSubscriptModes
151
November 2003
93
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Graphics Commands
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B(+*.bmp)
DownloadBMPLogo
154
1B2Amn1n2d1dn
SelectBitImageMode
155
1B4Cn1n2d1dn
SelectDoubleDensityGraphics(in7156
EmulationMode)
158
1B59n1n2d1dn
158
1D23n
SelectCurrentLogo(DownloadedBitImage)
158
1D2An1n2d1dn]
DefineDownloadedBitImage
159
1D2Fm
161
1F04n
Convert6Dots/mmBitmapto8Dots/mmBitmap
162
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B750
TransmitPeripheralDeviceStatus
164
1B76
TransmitPrinterStatus
164
1D49n
TransmitPrinterID
165
1D4940n
TransmitPrinterID,RemoteDiagnostics
Extension
167
1D72n
TransmitStatus
168
1F56n
Send Printer Software Version
175
Status Commands
94
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Real Time Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1004n
RealTimeStatusTransmission(DLESequence)
180
1005n
RealTimeRequesttoPrinter(GSSequence)
183
1D03n
RealTimeRequesttoPrinter(DLESequence)
183
1D04n
RealTimeStatusTransmission(GSSequence)
180
1D05
RealTimePrinterStatusTransmission
185
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1D61n
SelectorCancelAutoStatusBack
185
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1D48n
SelectPrintingPositionforHRICharacters
190
1D66n
SelectPitchforHRICharacters
191
1D68n
SelectBarCodeHeight
191
1D6Bmd1dk00
PrintBarCode
192
SelectBarCodeWidth
196
Auto Status Back Commands
Bar Code Commands
or
1D6Bmnd1dn
1D77n
November 2003
95
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Page Mode Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
0C
PrintandReturntoStandardMode/Printand
EjectSlip
197
18
CancelPrintDatainPageMode
198
1B0C
PrintDatainPageMode
198
1B4C
SelectPageMode
199
1B53
SelectStandardMode
200
1B54n
SelectPrintDirectioninPageMode
201
1B57n1,n2n8]
SetprintingAreainPageMode
202
1D24nLnH
SetAbsoluteVerticalPrintPositioninPageMode
203
1D5CnLnH
SetRelativeVerticalPrintPositioninPageMode
204
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1D3A
StartorEndMacroDefinition
205
1D5Ertm
ExecuteMacro
206
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B7701
ReadMICRDataandTransmit
207
1B7752
RereadMICRData
207
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B7750
DefineParsingFormat,SaveinNVRAM
208
1B7770
DefineParsingFormat,DoNotSavePermanently
208
Macro Commands
MICR Check Reader Commands

MICRReading
MICR Parsing
96
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Check Flip Command

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B7746
CheckFlipCommand
219
Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B27maddrd1dm
WritetoUserDataStorage
219
1B34maddr
ReadfromUserDataStorage
220
1B6Ak
ReadfromNonVolatileMemory
221
1B73n1n2k
WritetoNonVolatileMemory(NVRAM)
221
1D22n
SelectMemoryType(SRAM/Flash)WheretoSave 222
LogosorUserDefinedFonts
1D2255n1n2
FlashAllocation
223
1D40n
EraseUserFlashSector
224
IF11[mn],[mn][m
n]0FFH
PrinterSettingChange
225
User Data Storage Commands
Asian Character Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1C21n
SelectprintmodesforKanjicharacters
228
1C2Dn
TurnunderlinemodeON/OFFforKanji
229
1C32c1c2
d1dn
DefineuserdefinedKanjicharacters
229
1C53n1n2
SetKanjicharacterspacing
230
1c57n
SetquadruplemodeON/OFFforKanji
231
November 2003
97
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Scanner Function Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1C2867pLpH28
ScanningThreshold
232
1C2867pLpH29
ScanningArea
233
1C2867pLpH32
CompressionMode
233
1C2867pLpH38
DeletesCroppingArea
234
1C2867pLpH39
SetCroppingArea
235
1C2867pLpH3C
TransmissionFormat
236
1C2867pLpH50
TransmitsThresholdLevel
237
1C2867pLpH51
TransmitsScanningArea
238
1C2867pLpH5A
TransmitsCompressionMethod
239
1C2867pLpH61
Transmitsthecroppingarea
240
1C2867pLpH64
TransmitstheFileFormat
242
1C2867pLpH65
SelectScanningmode
243
1C2867pLpH66
Transmitsscanningmode
243
1D2847pLpH41
ExecutesScan
243
1D2847pLpH42
TransmitsScanDatafromWorkingBuffer
251
1D2847pLpH44
PrintScannedImage
255
1D2847pLpH45
ExecuteShadingCorrection
255
1D2847pLpH46
StoreImageintoFlashROM
253
1D2847pLpH47
Clear All Scan Image Files in Flash ROM

(Function71ofGS(Gcommand)
254
1D2847pLpH49
TransmitsScanDatafromFlashROM
252
1D2847pLpH4A
ReverseFeedtotopofform
256
98
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Flash Download Commands

Hexadecimal Command
Code and Operands
Command
Page
1B5B7D
SwitchFlashDownloadMode
256
1D00
RequestPrinterID
257
1D01
ReturnSegmentNumberStatusofFlashMemory
258
1D02n
SelectFlashMemorySectortoDownload
258
1D06
GetFirmware
259
1D07
ReturnMicroprocessorCRC
259
1D0E
ErasetheFlashMemory
259
1D0F
ReturnMainProgramFlashCRC
259
1D10n
EraseSelectedFlashSector
260
1D11aLaHcLcH DownloadtoActiveFlashSector
d1dn
261
1DFF
262
RebootthePrinter
November 2003
99
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Comparison Chart
ThefollowingtabledetailsthelistofcommandswhosebehaviordiffersfromtheNCR
7156becauseofthephysicaldifferencesofa6dots/mmhead(7156)versusan8dots/mm
head(7167).Wherethe7156mademovementsinn/152inchincrements,the7167makes
n/203inchmovements.
Command
Description
Difference between a 7156 and a

7167 configured in 7156 Emulation
Mode.
100
15n
FeednDotRows
Thiscommandwillmove
thepaperonthereceiptin
n/203inchstepsinsteadof
n/152inchsteps.
16n
AddnExtraDotRows
Thedotrowswillbe
measuredinn/203inches
versusn/152inches.
1B20n
SetRightSideCharacter
Spacing
Thiscommandsetstheright
sidespacington
horizontalmotionunits.By
default,theseunitsarein
termsof1/203inchesversus
1/152inches.
1B24n1n2
Forgraphicscommands,the
positionisscaledtobest
matchthepreviousproduct.
Intextmode,theequivalent
characterpositionis
calculated.
1B26sc1c2n1d1...nn
dn]
DefineUserDefined
CharacterSet
Sincethedotsonthenew
printheadaresmaller,user
definedcharactersthatwere
usedontheprevious7156
printerwillappearsmaller
onthe7156printer.
1B2Amn1n2d1...dn
SelectBitImageMode
In7156EmulationMode,
graphicsarescaledtobest
matchthesizeofthegraphic
inthe7156printer.
1B33n
SetLineSpacing
Thiscommandusesnin
termsofn/360inches.Since
thepreviousproducthada
fundamentalstepof1/180
inchandthenewproduct
hasafundamentalstepof
1/203inch,theactualline
spacingwillnotexactly
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Command
Description
Difference between a 7156 and a

7167 configured in 7156 Emulation
Mode.
matchtherequested
spacing.
1B4An
PrintandFeedPaper
(Sameasabove)
1B59n1n2d1...dn
SelectDoubleDensity
Graphics
In7156EmulationMode,the
printerscalesthegraphicsto
providethebestmatch.
1B5Cn1n2
Theparametertothis
commandisinunitsofdots.
However,thecommand
movesandalignsto
characterpositions.In7156
EmulationMode,this
commandcalculateshow
manycharacterpositionsto
movebasedonthe7156s
characterwidthindots(10)
versusthe7167swidth(13).
1B61n
SelectJustification
Thiscommanddoestruedot
resolutionalignmentfor
centeringversuscharacter
alignedcentering.
1D2An1n2d1...dn]
DefineDownloadedBit
Image
In7156EmulationMode,
thiscommandscalesthe
incomingdatatoprovidea
bestmatchtothesizeofthe
imageasitprintedonthe
7156printer.
1D2Fm
(Sameasabove)
November 2003
101
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Command Descriptions
Thissectionprovidesthedetaileddescriptionofthecommands.Thesecommands
areseparatedintogroupsaccordingtotheirfunctionoruse.Theprevioussections
canbeusedasanindexforthefollowingsections.
Thefollowinglistsanddescribestheheadingsusedtopresenttheelementsofthe
commandsinthedescriptionsinthissection.Eachcommandcodeispresentedin
threeformats:ASCII,hexadecimal,anddecimal.Choosetheformatthatbestsuits
theprogrammingimplementation.Theprinterinterpretsthe8bitbytesitgets
throughitscommunicationinterface;itdoesnotcarewhatformattheprogram
liststhemin.
Name: NameofCommand
ASCII: TheASCIIrepresentationofthecommandcontrolcode
followedbyitsoperands.
Hexadecimal: Thehexadecimalrepresentationofthecommandcontrolcode
Decimal: Thedecimalrepresentationofthecommandcontrolcode
Operandn: Adescriptionofthecommandoperand.Othercommand
operandsmaybem,p1,p2,x,ory.
Rangeofn: Theupperandlowerlimitsorlistofpossiblevaluesofthe
commandoperand.Thevaluesarelistedasdecimalvalues
unlessspecifiedotherwise.
Defaultofn: Thecommandoperanddefaultvalueafterprinterresetor
startup.
Description: Abriefdescriptionoftheuseofthecommand.
Formulas: Anyformulasusedforthiscommand.
Example: CodingexampleofhowtosendthecommandinVisualBasic.
Thiscodeassumeswearedoingoutputtoanopenedand
readydevicecalledMSCOMM1.Theexamplesusethe
hexadecimalcommandcodeformats;theASCIIordecimal
formatscouldalsobeusedinVB.Incommandsthatusean
operand,aspecificvalueisused,andtheresultofusingthe
selectedvaluefortheoperandisdescribed.
102
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Exceptions: Describesanyexceptionstothiscommand,e.g.,incompatible
commands.
Related Describesrelatedinformationforthiscommand,e.g.,bit
Information: information.
Printer Function Commands

Theprinterfunctioncommandscontrolthefollowingbasicprinterfunctionsandare
describedinorderoftheirhexadecimalcodes:
1. StationSelect
2. PlatenControl
3. Resettingtheprinter
4. Cuttingthepaper
5. Openingthecashdrawers
Clear Printer
ASCII:
DLE
Hexadecimal:
10
Decimal:
16
Clearstheprintlinebufferwithoutprintingandsetstheprintertothefollowing
condition:
1. Receiptstationisselected
2. DoubleWidecommand(0x12)iscancelled
3. LineSpacing,Pitch,andUserDefinedCharacterSetsaremaintainedatcurrent
selections(RAMisnotaffected)
4. SingleWide,SingleHigh,NonRotated,andLeftAlignedcharactersareset
5. Printerisrestartedanderrorstatusisclearedifafaultconditionexisted
6. Printingpositionissettocolumnone
7. Slipplatenisopened
8. Slipprintheadishomed
9. Knifeishomed
November 2003
103
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H10)
Exceptions:
A DLE command followed by a hexadecimal 04 or 05 is interpreted as a real time command.
(See Real Time commands)
Close Form
ASCII:
DC1
Hexadecimal:
11
Decimal:
17
Closesthefeedrollerandplatenandretractstheformsarmstoptotheformsstop
position.IftheprinterisresetortheClearcommand(0x10)isreceived,thefeedrollerand
platenareopened.
Thiscommandexecutesiftheplatenisalreadyclosed.Thiscommandisprocessed
regardlessofwhichstationisselected.
Example:
Open Form
ASCII:
CAN
Hexadecimal:
18
Decimal:
24
Whentheprinterisin7156EmulationModeorinnonPageMode,thiscommandopens
thefeedrollerandplatensothataformmaybeinserted(defaultposition).
ThiscommandhasthesamecodeastheCancelPrintDatainPageModecommand,which
isonlyexecutedinPageMode.
Thiscommandexecutesiftheplatenisalreadyopen.Thiscommandexecutes(opensthe
feedrollerandplaten)regardlessofwhichstationisselected.
Example:
104
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Perform Partial Knife Cut

ASCII:
EM
or
ESCi
Hexadecimal:
19
or
1B69
Decimal:
25
or
27105
Cutsthereceipt,leaving.20inch(5mm)ofpaper.Thiscommandisimplementedthe
sameasPartialKnifeCut(1A,1B6D).Therearetwocodesforthiscommand.Bothcodes
performthesamefunction.
ALineFeedisexecutedfirstiftheprintbufferisnotempty.
Thiscommandisexecuted(cutsthereceipt)regardlessofwhichstationisselected.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H19) or
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H69)
Perform Partial Knife Cut

ASCII:
SUB
or
ESCm
Hexadecimal:
1A
or
1B6D
Decimal:
26
or
27109
Cutsthereceipt,leaving.20inch(5mm)ofpaper.Thiscommandisimplementedthe
sameasFullKnifeCut(19,1B69)whichresultsinapartialknifecut.Therearetwocodes
forthiscommandandbothperformthesamefunction.
Thiscommandisprocessedregardlessofwhichstationisselected.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1A) or
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H6D)
Exceptions:
AlineFeedisexecutedfirstiftheprinterbufferisnotempty.
Thiscommandisexecuted)cutsthereceipt)regardlessofwhichstationisselected.
November 2003
105
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Generate Tone
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
ESCBEL
1B07
277
Generatesanaudibletone.Thisallowstheapplicationtoprovideanaudibletonetothe
operator.
Example:
Return Home
ASCII:
ESC<
Hexadecimal:
1B3C
Decimal:
2760
Movestheimpactprinthead(unlessitisalreadyinthehomeposition)tothehome
position.
Thiscommandisprocessedregardlessofstation,eitherreceiptunitorslipunit.
RelatedInformation:
Theprinterisabletodetectcarriagemotorjams,eliminatingtheneedtohometheprint
headaftereachsliptransaction.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H3C)
106
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Initialize Printer
ASCII:
ESC@
Hexadecimal:
1B40
Decimal:
2764
Default:
Receipt
Slip
CharacterPitch:
15.6CPI
13.9CPI
ColumnWidth:
44characters(80mm)
32characters(58mm)
45characters
ExtraDotRows:
CodePage437
CodePage437
ColumnOne
ColumnOne
CharacterSet:
PrintingPosition:
Clearstheprintlinebufferandresetstheprintertothedefaultsettingsforthestartup
configuration(refertoDefaultsettingsabove.)
SingleWide,SingleHigh,NonRotated,andLeftAlignedcharactersaresetandUser
definedcharactersorlogographicsarecleared(FlashMemoryisnotaffected).Tabsare
resettodefaultsettings.Receiptselectionstateisselected.
Example:
Set Slip Paper Eject Length

ASCII:
ESCCn
Hexadecimal:
1B43n
Decimal:
2767n
Valueofn:
0to255
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H43) & Chr$(n)
Exception:
Thiscommandisignored.
November 2003
107
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Receipt or Slip for Printing; Slip for MICR Read

ASCII:
ESCc0n
Hexadecimal:
1B6330n
Decimal:
279948n
Valueofn:
0Journalselected
1,2,3Receiptselected
4Slipselected
Defaultofn:
Selectsthestationforprinting.Whentheslipstationisselected,theprinterwaits(based
ontheslipwaitingtimesetting[ie:1B66mn])forthepapertobeinserted.Whentheslip
stationhasalreadybeenselectedandtheselectionischanged,theformfeedrolleris
opened.
Ifthestationhasalreadybeenselectedanditisreselected,noactiontakesplace.
Example:
This statement selects the receipt for printing:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H63) & Chr$(&H30) & Chr$(&H01)
Exceptions:
Receivingthecommanddiscardsunprinteddatainthebuffer,forcingabeginningof
linestate.
Whennisoutofrangethiscommandanditssupportingoperandsarediscarded.
108
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Receipt or Slip for Setting Line Spacing

ASCII:
ESCc1n
Hexadecimal:
1B6331n
Decimal:
279949n
Valueofn:
0Journalselected
1,2,3Selectreceipt
4SelectSlip
Defaultofn:
Selectswhichstationreceivestheeffectsofthefollowingcommands:
1. SelectDefaultLineSpacing(1B32)
2. SetLineSpacing(1B33)
3. Addnextradotrows(16n)
Example:
This statement selects the slip station for line spacing commands:
Exceptions:
Thisnisoutofrangethiscommanditssupportingoperandsarediscaraded.
November 2003
109
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Sensors to Stop Printing

ASCII:
ESCc4n
Hexadecimal:
1B6334n
Decimal:
279952n
Valueofn:
If this bit of n is 1
Function Performed
Bit0,orbit1
StopReceiptonReceiptLow
Bit4
StopSlipifTrailingEdgeUncovered
Bit5
StopSlipifLeadingEdgeUncovered
Default:
Determineswhichsensorcausestheprintertostopprintingontherespectivestation.The
commanddoesnotaffectthepaperoutsensoronthereceiptstation,whichwill
automaticallystoptheprinterwhenthepaperisdepleted.
Example:
This statement causes the receipt to stop on paper low and the slip to stop if the leading edge I
s uncovered (bits 0 and 5 equal to 1 yields hexadecimal 21 - binary 00100001):
All other bits are ignored.
110
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Enable or Disable Panel Buttons

ASCII:
ESCc5n
Hexadecimal:
1B6335n
Decimal:
279953n
Valueofn:
0=Enable
1=Disable
Default:
0(Enable)
EnablesordisablesthePaperFeedButton.Ifthelastbitis0,thePaperFeedButtonis
enabled.Ifthelastbitis1,thePaperFeedButtonisdisabledsopressingthepaperfeed
buttonwillresultinnoresponse.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H63) & Chr$(&H35) & Chr$(n)
RelatedInformation:
FunctionsthatrequireusingthePaperFeedButton(exceptfortheExecuteMacro[1D5E]
command)cannotbeusedwhenitisdisabledwiththiscommand.
November 2003
111
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Enable or Disable Slip Paper End Feeding Stop

ASCII:
ESCc7n
Hexadecimal:
1B6337n
Decimal:
279955n
Valueofn:
0=Enable
1=Disable
Default:
0(Enable)
Enablesordisablesthetheslippaperendfeedingstopfunction.Whenthisfeatureis
enabledtheprinterwillprintalinebutwillnotperformalinefeedwhentheslippaper
endisdetected.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H63) & Chr$(&H37) & Chr$(n)
RelatedInformation:
Wheneitherthetrailingedgesensorortheleadingedgesensordoesnotsensethepaper
theprinterrecongnizesthisasapaperendcondition.
112
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Set Slip Paper Waiting Time

ASCII:
ESCfmn
Hexadecimal:
1B66mn
Decimal:
Valueofm:
27102mn
Minutes
Valueofn: Tenthsofseconds
Setsthetime(inmminutes)thattheprinterwaitsforasliptobeinsertedintotheslip
station.Italsosetsthetime(nx0.1seconds)thattheprinterwaitstoclosetheplatenand
startprintingoncethesliphasbeeninserted.Theprinterreadsthataslipisinsertedwhen
theleadingedgeandtrailingedgesensorsarecovered.TheLEDonthesliptableislit
(green)whenbothsensorsarecovered.
Ifaslipisnotinsertedinthetimespecified,thereceiptstationisselectedforthenext
function.Ifm=0,theprinterwaitsforeverforasliptobeinserted.Thetimessetbythis
commandareusedonlybythecommand,SelectReceiptorSlipforPrinting,SlipforMICR
Read(1B6330n),withnsetto04.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H66) & Chr$(m) & Chr$(n)
November 2003
113
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Generate Pulse to Open Cash Drawer

ASCII:
ESCpnp1p2
Hexadecimal:
1B70np1p2
Decimal:
27112np1p2
Valueofn:
0,48=Drawer1
1,49=Drawer2
Valueofp1:
0255
Valueofp2:
0255
Sendsapulsetoopenthecashdrawer.
Formulas:
Thevalueforeitherp1orp2isthehexadecimalnumbermultipliedby2msectoequalthe
totaltime.
1. Ontime=p1x2msec
2. Offtime=p2x2msec
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H70) & Chr$(n) & Chr$(n)
RelatedInformation:
Theofftimeisthedelaybeforetheprinterperformsthenextoperation.
TherecommendtimeforNCRcashdrawersis110msecontime.
Refertocashdrawerspecificationsforrequiredonandofftimes.
114
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select or Cancel Parallel Printing Mode on Receipt and Journal

ASCII:
ESCzn
Hexadecimal:
1B7An
Decimal:
27122n
Becausethereisnojournalstationontheprinterthiscommandisnotimplementedandis
ignoredifreceived.Thecommandanditssupportingoperandswillbediscaraded.
Select Slip Station

ASCII:
FS
Hexadecimal:
1C
Decimal:
28
SelectstheSlipStationforallfunctions.Thereceiptstationisthedefaultsettingafterthe
printerisinitializedortheClearPrinter(0x10)commandisreceived.TheHexcommand:
1B6330n,wheren=4willalsoselecttheslipstation.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C)
Exceptions:
ThiscommandisignoredifAsianmodeisOnbydiagnosticsetting.
Select Cut Mode and Cut Paper
ASCII:
GSVm
or
GSVmn
Hexadecimal:
1D56m
or
1D56mn
Decimal:
2986m
or
2986mn
Valueofm:
Selectsthemodeasshowninthetable
Valueofn:
Determinescuttingpositiononlyifmis65or66.
November 2003
115
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Feed and Cut Mode
0,48
Fullcut(noextrafeed).Partialcutonthe7158/7167.
1,49
Partialcut(noextrafeed).
65
Feedspapertocuttingposition+(ntimesverticalmotionunit),
andcutsthepapercompletely.
66
Feedspapertocuttingposition+(ntimesverticalmotionunit),
andperformsapartialcut.
Rangeofm:
0,48;1,49
65,66(whenusedwithn)
Rangeofn:
0255
Defaultofn:
Defaultofm:
Selectsamodeforcuttingpaperandcutsthepaper.Therearetwoformatsforthis
command,onerequiringoneparameterm,theotherrequiringtwoparameters,mandn.
Theformatisindicatedbytheparameterm.
Formulas:ntimestheverticalmotionunitisusedtodeterminethecuttingpositiontothe
distancethatthepaperisfed.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H56) & Chr$(m) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Ifmisoutofthespecifiedrange,thecommandisignored.
116
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Receipt Station

ASCII:
RS
Hexadecimal:
1E
Decimal:
30
SelectstheReceiptStationforallfunctions.Thereceiptstationisthedefaultsettingafter
theprinterisinitializedortheClearPrinter(0x10)commandisreceived.TheHex
command:1B6330n,wheren=1,2,3willalsoselectthereceiptstation.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1E)
Print Test Form

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
USt
1F74
31116
Printsthecurrentprinterconfigurationsettingsonthereceipt.
Disabledinpagemode.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1F) & Chr$(&H74)
November 2003
117
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Vertical Positioning and Print Commands

Theverticalpositioningandprintcommandscontroltheverticalprintpositionsof
charactersonthereceiptandslip.
Print and Feed Paper One Line

ASCII:
LF
Hexadecimal:
0A
Decimal:
10
Printsonelinefromthebufferandfeedspaperoneline.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H0A)
RelatedInformation:
CarriageReturn+LineFeed,printsandfeedsonlyoneline.
Print and Eject Slip

ASCII:
FF
Hexadecimal:
0C
Decimal:
12
Printsdatafromthebuffertotheslipstationandifthepapersensoriscovered,reverses
theslipoutthefrontoftheprinterfarenoughtobeaccessibletotheoperator.Theimpact
stationopenstheplateninallcases.
ThiscommandhasthesamecodeasthePrintandReturntoStandardModecommand,
whichisexecutedonlywhentheprinterisinPageMode.WhentheprinterisnotinPage
Modethiscommandexecutestheprintandejectslipfunction.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisignoredifthereceiptstationisthecurrentstation.
118
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Print and Carriage Return

ASCII:
CR
Hexadecimal:
0D
Decimal:
13
Printsonelinefromthebufferandfeedspaperoneline.Theprintercanbesetthroughthe
configurationmenutoignoreorusethiscommand.Someapplicationsexpectthe
commandtobeignoredwhileothersuseitasprintcommand.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H0D)
RelatedInformation:
SeeIgnoring/UsingtheCarriageReturninDiagnosticsformoreinformation.
CarriageReturn+LineFeed,printsandfeedsonlyoneline.
Feed n Print Lines

ASCII:
DC4n
Hexadecimal:
14n
Decimal:
20n
Valueofn: Thenumberoflinestofeedatcurrentlineheight
setting.
Rangeofn:
01277156EmulationMode
02557158NativeModeor7167NativeMode
Feedspapernlinesatthecurrentlineheightwithoutprinting.
Ignoredonreceiptifthecurrentlineisnotempty.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H14) & Chr$(n)
November 2003
119
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Feed n Dot Rows

ASCII:
NAKn
Hexadecimal:
15n
Decimal:
21n
Receipt
Slip
n/203inch
n/72inch
Valueofn:
Rangeofn:
02557158NativeModeor7167NativeMode
Feedspaperndotrowswithoutprinting.Receiptmovesnrowsiftheprintbufferis
empty.
Example:
Add n Extra Dot Rows

ASCII:
SYNn
Hexadecimal:
16n
Decimal:
22n
Receipt
Slip
n/203inch
n/72inch
012
Receipt
Slip
Valueofn:
Rangeofn:
Default:
Addsnextradotrowstothecharacterheighttoincreasespacebetweenprintlinesor
decreasenumberoflinesperinch.
Formulas:
Thefollowingtableshowstherelationshipbetweenthenumberoflinesperinchandeach
extradotrow(s)addedforboththereceiptandslipstations:
120
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Receipt Station
Slip Station
Extra Rows
Lines Per
Inch
Dot Rows
Extra Rows
Lines Per
Inch
Dot Rows
8.47
24
10.29
8.13
25
9.00
7.81
26
8.00
7.52
27
7.20
10
7.25
28
6.55
11
7.00
29
6.00
12
6.77
30
5.54
13
6.55
31
5.14
14
6.35
32
4.80
15
6.16
33
4.50
16
10
5.98
34
10
4.24
17
11
5.81
35
11
4.00
18
12
5.64
36
12
3.79
19
Example:
Print
ASCII:
ETB
Hexadecimal:
17
Decimal:
23
Printsonelinefromthebufferandfeedspaperoneline.ExecutesLFonreceipt.Executes
LFonslipifpreviouscharacterwasnotaCR.
Example:
November 2003
121
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Set Line Spacing to 1/6 Inch

ASCII:
ESC2
Hexadecimal:
1B32
Decimal:
2750
Default:
0.13Inch(3.33mm)
Setsthedefaultlinespacingto1/6ofaninch(4.25mm).
Example:
Set Line Spacing

ASCII:
ESC3n
Hexadecimal:
1B33n
Decimal:
2751n
Valueofn:
n/406inchesonreceipt
n/144inchesinslip
Rangeofn:
0255
Default:
Receipt
.13inch(3.37mmor7.52linesperinch,3extra
dotrows.).
Slip
14inch(7.2linesperinch,3extradotrows.)
Setsthelinespacingforthereceiptandfortheslip.Forthereceiptthespacingissetto
n/406inches.Fortheslip,thelinespacingissetton/144inches.Thelinespacingequalsthe
characterheightwhennistoosmall.
IftheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotionUnitscommand(1D50)isusedto
changethehorizontalandverticalminimummotionunit,theparametersofthiscommand
(SetLineSpacing)willbeinterpretedaccordingly.
RelatedInformation:
Formoreinformation,seethedescriptionoftheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimum
MotionUnitscommandinthisdocument.
122
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Print and Feed Paper

ASCII:
ESCJn
Hexadecimal:
1B4An
Decimal:
Valueofn:
2774n
n/203inchesreceipt
n/144inchesslip
Rangeofn:
0255
Printsonelinefromthebufferandfeedsthepaper.
Onthereceiptstation,thelineheightequalsthecharacterheightwhennistoosmall.This
doesnotapplytotheslipstation.Usen=0toprintalinewithoutfeedingthepaper.This
allowstheprintertoprintonthelastlineoftheslip(at.59inchesfromthetrailingedge)
andstillretaintheslipinthefeedrollersforreversefeedingthepaperbackoutoftheslip
station.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H4A) & Chr$(n)
RelatedInformation:
Formoreinformation,seethedescriptionoftheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimum
MotionUnitscommandinthisdocument.
Print and Reverse Feed Paper

ASCII:
ESCKn
Hexadecimal:
1B4Bn
Decimal:
2775n
Valueofn:
Slip=n/144ofaninch
Rangeofn:
0255
Printsonelinefromthebufferandreversefeedsthepapern/144ofaninchontheslip
station.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H4B) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Thereceiptstationcannotbereversefed.
November 2003
123
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Print and Feed n Lines

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
ESCdn
1B64n
27100n
Valueofn:
Numberoflinestobeprintedandfed.
Rangeofn:
1255
(0isinterpretedas1onthereceiptstation)
Printsonelinefromthebufferandfeedspapernlinesatthecurrentlineheight.
Example:
Print and Reverse Feed n Lines

ASCII:
ESCen
Hexadecimal:
1B65n
Decimal:
27101n
Valueofn:
Thenumberoflinesontheslipstationtobereversefed.
Rangeofn:
0255
Printsonelinefromthebufferandreversefeedsthepapernlinesontheslipstation.The
receiptstationcannotbereversefed.
Example:
124
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Reverse Feed n Lines

ASCII:
GSDC4n
Hexadecimal:
1D14n
Decimal:
2920n
Rangeofn:
0255 7158NativeModeor7167NativeMode
Reversesthepaperfeedintheslipstationbynlinesatthecurrentspacing.Thenext
characterfeedcommandreturnsthepaperfeedbacktothenormalfeeddirection.This
commandisignoredifslipisnottheselectedstation.Currentspacingisnotafactor.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H14) & Chr$(n)
Reverse Feed n Dots

ASCII:
GSNAKn
Hexadecimal:
1D15n
Decimal:
2921n
Valueofn:
Rangeofn:
ndotsat1/72inch
0255 7158NativeModeor7167NativeMode
Reversesthepaperfeedintheslipstationbyndotsat1/72inch(NCR7150command).
Thiscommandisignoredifreceiptstationisselected.
Example:
November 2003
125
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Set Horizontal and Vertical Minimum Motion Units

ASCII:
GSPxy
Hexadecimal:
1D50xy
Decimal:
2980xy
Valueofx:
Horizontal
Valueofy:
Vertical
Rangeofx:
0255
Rangeofy:
0255
Default:ofx:
203
Default:ofy:
203
Setsthehorizontalandverticalmotionunitsto1/xinchand1/yinchrespectively.
Whenxoryissetto0,thedefaultsettingforthatmotionunitisused.
Thedefaulthorizontalmotionisx=203.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H50) & Chr$(x) & Chr$(y)
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisignoredifslipstationisselected.
126
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Horizontal Positioning Commands

Thehorizontalpositioningcommandscontrolthehorizontalprintpositionsofcharacters
onthereceiptandslip.
Horizontal Tab
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
HT
09
9
MovestheprintpositiontothenexttabpositionsetbytheSetHorizontalTabPositions
(1B44n1n2...00)command.Theprintpositionisresettocolumnoneaftereachline.
Tabtreatstheleftmarginascolumnone,thereforechangestotheleftmarginwillmove
thetabpositions.
Whentherearenotabsdefinedtotherightofthecurrentposition,orifthenexttabispast
therightmargin,linefeedisexecuted(bothslipandreceipt.)HThasnoeffectinpage
mode.Printerinitializationsets32tabsatcolumn9,17,25,(Every8characters)
Example:
Set Column
ASCII:
ESCDC4n
Hexadecimal:
1B14n
Decimal:
2720n
Valueofn:
Receipt
Slip
144(Standard,80mm)
145(Standard)
156(Compressed,80mm)
155(Compressed)
132(Standard,58mm)
142(Compressed,58mm)
Defaultofn:
November 2003
127
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Printsthefirstcharacterofthenextprintlineincolumnn.Itmustbesentforeachlinenot
printedatcolumnone.Thevalueofnissettooneaftereachline.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThecommandcannotbeusedwithSingleorDoubleDensitygraphics.
Set Absolute Starting Position

ASCII: ESC$n1n2
Hexadecimal: 1B24n1n2
Decimal: 2736n1n2
Valueofn: Numberofdotstobemovedfromthebeginningofthe
line.
Valueofn1: Remainderafterdividingnby256.
Valueofn2: Integerafterdividingnby256.
Thevaluesforn1andn2aretwobytesinlowbyte,highbytewordorientation.
Setstheprintstartingpositiontothespecifiednumberofdots(uptotherightmargin)
fromthebeginningoftheline.Theprintstartingpositionisresettothefirstcolumnafter
eachline.
Formulas:
Determinethevalueofnbymultiplyingthecolumnfortheabsolutestartingpositionby
10(slip,orreceiptstandardpitch)or8(receiptcompressedpitch).Theexampleshows
howtocalculatecolumn29(10dotspercolumn)astheabsolutestartingposition.
28x10=280dots(beginningofcolumn29)
280/256=1,remainderof24
n1=24 n2=1
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H24) & Chr$(n1) & Chr$(n2)
RelatedInformation:
Thiscommandisalsousedinthegraphicsmodeonthereceipt.SeeGraphicsCommands
inthischapterformoreinformation.
(SetAbsolutePrintPosition)willbeinterpretedaccordingly.Formoreinformation,seethe
descriptionoftheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotionUnitscommand(1D50)
inthisdocument.
128
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Set Horizontal Tabs

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Valueofn:
ESCD[n]kNUL
1B44[n]k00
2768[n]k0
Columnfortabminusone.
nisalwayslessthanorequaltothecurrentselectedcolumn
width.
Valueofk:
Default:
032
Every8charactersfromcolumn.1(9,17,25,etc.)fornormal
print.
Setsupto32horizontaltabpositionsncolumnsfromcolumnone,butdoesnotmovethe
printposition.SeetheHorizontalTab(09)command.
Thetabpositionsremainunchangedifthecharacterwidthsarechangedafterthetabsare
set.Thiscommandendswithhexadecimal00;hexadecimal1B4400clearsalltabs.Tabs
assumedtobeinstrictlyascendingorder.Ataboutoforderterminatesthecommand
stringasifitwere00,andremainingtabvaluesaretakenasnormaldata.
Formulas:
SetthetabpositionsinascendingorderandputHex00attheend.
Hex1B4400(numberoftabsnotspecified)clearsalltabpositions.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H44) & Chr$(&H00)
Exceptions:
Thetabscannotbesethigherthanthecolumnwidthofthecurrentpitch.
November 2003
129
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Set Relative Print Position

ASCII:
ESC\n1n2
Hexadecimal:
1B5Cn1n2
Decimal:
Valueofn:
2792n1n2
ToMovetheRelativeStartingPositionRightoftheCurrentPositionbyndots:
n1=
Remainderafterdividingnby256.
n2=
Integerafterdividingnby256.
ToMovetheRelativeStartingPositionLeftoftheCurrentPositionbyndots:
n1=
Remainderafterdividing(65,536n)by256
n2=
Integerafterdividing(65,536n)by256
Movestheprintstartingpositionthespecifiednumberofdotseitherright(uptotheright
margin)orleft(uptotheleftmargin)ofthecurrentposition.Theprintstartingpositionis
resettothefirstcolumnaftereachline.
Formulas:
Tomovetotheleft:
Determinethevalueofnbymultiplyingthenumberofcolumnstomoveleftofthecurrent
positionby13(receiptstandardpitch)or10(sliporreceiptcompressedpitch).The
exampleshowshowtosettherelativepositiontwocolumnsinstandardpitch(10dotsper
column)totheleftofthecurrentposition.
2x10=20dots(twocolumnstobemovedleftofthecurrentposition)
65,53620=65516
65,516/256=255,remainderof236
n1=236 n2=255
Tomovetotheright:
Determinethevalueofnbymultiplyingthenumberofcolumnstomoverightofthe
currentpositionby10(sliporreceiptstandardpitch)or8(receiptcompressedpitch).The
exampleshowshowtosettherelativepositiontwocolumnsinstandardpitch(10dotsper
column)totherightofthecurrentposition.
2x10=20dots(twocolumnstobemovedrightofthecurrentposition)
20/256=0,remainderof20
n1=20 n2=0
130
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H5C) & Chr$(n1) & Chr$(n2)
RelatedInformation:
(SetRelativePrintPosition)willbeinterpretedaccordingly.Formoreinformation,seethe
descriptionoftheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotionUnitscommand(1D50)
inthisdocument.
CompatibilityInformation(7167receiptvs.7156receipt)
Thereisadifferenceinthenormalbehaviorofthiscommandin7158NativeMode/7167
NativeModeascomparedtotheoriginal7156.Thedifferenceexistswhenthecommandis
usedtomovetotheleft.The7156processesthewholeprintstringpriortoputtingitinthe
bufferfortheprinthead.Thismethodofprocessingallowsthe7156tobackupintheprint
stringandreplacecharactersandtheirassociatedattributeswhenaSetRelativePrint
Positioncommandinstructstheprintertomovetheprintpositiontotheleft.
Inordertoimprovethespeedofprinting,the7167movesthedataintoabufferforthe
printheadwhenitreceivesit.WhentheSetRelativePrintPositioncommandcontainsa
movetotheleft,thiscausesthenewdatatooverstrikethepreviousdata.Thisbehavior
canbeusedtoanapplicationsadvantagetoprovidetheabilitytocreatecompound
charactersonthereceiptstation.
Select Justification
ASCII:
ESCan
Hexadecimal:
1B61n
Decimal:
2797n
Valueofn:
0,48=LeftAligned
1,49=CenterAligned
2,50=RightAligned
Rangeofn:
Default:
02,4850
0(Leftaligned)
Specifiesthealignmentofthecharacters,graphics,logos,andbarcodesonthereceipt
station.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thecommandisvalidonlywheninputatthebeginningofaline.
November 2003
131
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Set Left Margin

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSLnLnH
1D4CnLnH
2976nLnH
RangeofnL:
0255
RangeofnH:
0255
Default:
80mmwidth
576dots(themaximumprintablearea)
58mmwidth
Setstheleftmarginoftheprintingarea.Theleftmarginissetto(((nHX256)+nL)times
horizontalmotionunit)inches.ThehorizontalmotionunitsaresetbytheSetHorizontal
andVerticalMinimumMotionUnitscommand(1D50),describedinthismanual.
ThewidthoftheprintingareaissetbytheSetPrintingAreaWidthcommand(1D57),
whichfollowsthiscommand.SeetheSetPrintingAreaWidthcommand(1D57)inthis
documentforadescriptionofthatcommand.
Ifthesettingexceedstheprintablearea,themaximumvalueoftheprintableareaisused.
Themaximumprintableareais576dots.Seetheillustration.
Formulas:
Tosettheleftmargintooneinchatthedefaulthorizontalmotionunitof1/203inches,
sendthefourbytestring:
GS
203
Or,tosettheleftmargintotwoinchesatthedefaulthorizontalmotionunitof1/203units
perinch,sendthefourbytestring:
GS
150
Where2inches=406/203,and406=(1X256)+150.
Printablearea:576dotsfor80mmwidth,424dotsfor58mmwidth
Leftmargin
Printingareawidth
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H4C) & Chr$(nL) & Chr$(nH)
Exceptions:
Thecommandiseffectiveonlyatthebeginningofaline.
Thiscommandisignoredifthelinebufferisnotempty,andonlyeffectstheReceipt
interface.
132
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Set Printing Area Width

ASCII:
GSWnLnH
Hexadecimal:
1D57nLnH
Decimal:
2987nLnH
RangeofnL:
0255
RangeofnH:
0255
Default:
80mmwidth
58mmwidth
Setsthewidthoftheprintingarea.Ifthesettingexceedstheprintablearea,themaximum
valueoftheprintableareaisused.
Thewidthoftheprintingareaissetto(((nHX256)+nL)timeshorizontalmotionunit)
inches.ThehorizontalmotionunitsaresetbytheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimum
MotionUnitscommand(1D50).
ThewidthoftheprintingareafollowstheSetLeftMargincommand(1D4C).
SeetheSetLeftMargincommand(1D4C)earlierinthisdocumentforadescription.
Formulas:
Tosetthewidthoftheprintingareatooneinchatthedefaulthorizontalmotionunitof
1/203inches,sendthefourbytestring:
GS
203
Or,tosetthewidthoftheprintingareatotwoinchesatthedefaulthorizontalmotionunit
of1/203unitsperinch,sendthefourbytestring:
GS
150
Where2inches=406/203,and406=(1X256)+150.
Printablearea576dots
Leftmargin
Printingareawidth
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H57) & Chr$(nL) & Chr$(nH)
Exceptions:
Thiscommandiseffectiveonlyatthebeginningofaline.
Thiscommandisignoredifthelinebufferisnotempty,andonlyeffectstheReceipt
interface.
Ifthesettingexceedstheprintablearea,themaximumvalueoftheprintableareaisused.
Themaximumprintableareais576dotsfor80mmpaperwidthand424dotsfor58mm
paperwidth.SeetheillustrationintheSetLeftMargincommand(1D4C).
November 2003
133
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Print Characteristic Commands

Thesecommandscontrolwhattheprintedinformationlookslike:selectionofcharacter
sets,definitionofcustomdefinedcharacters,andsettingofmargins.Thecommandsare
describedinorderoftheirhexadecimalcodes
Select Double-Wide Characters

ASCII:
DC2
Hexadecimal:
12
Decimal:
18
Printsdoublewidecharacters.Theprinterisresettosinglewidemodeafteralinehas
beenprintedortheClearPrinter(0x10)commandisreceived.Doublewidecharacters
maybeusedinthesamelinewithsinglewidecharacters.
Example:
Select Single-Wide Characters

ASCII:
DC3
Hexadecimal:
13
Decimal:
19
Printssinglewidecharacters.Singlewidecharactersmaybeusedinthesamelinewith
doublewidecharacters.
Example:
134
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select 90 Degree Counter-Clockwise Rotated Print

ASCII:
ESCDC2
Hexadecimal:
1B12
Decimal:
2718
Rotatescharacters90degreescounterclockwise.Thecommandremainsineffectuntilthe
printerisresetoruntilaClearPrinter(0x10),SelectorCancelUpsideDownPrint(1B7B),
orSelectorCancelRotatedPrint(1B56)commandisreceived.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisvalidonlyatthebeginningofaline.
Rotatedprintandnonrotatedprintcharacterscannotbeusedtogetherinthesameline.
RelatedInformation:
SeeSummaryofRotatedPrintinginthischapter.
Select Pitch (Column Width)

ASCII:
ESCSYNn
Hexadecimal:
1B16n
Decimal:
2722n
Valueofn:
0=StandardPitch
1=CompressedPitch
Default:
0(Standardpitch)
Selectsthecharacterpitchforaprintline.
November 2003
135
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Formulas:
Thefollowingtableprovidestheprintcharacteristicsforbothpitchesonthereceiptand
slipstations.
Pitch
Standard
Receipt
Columns
44for80mm
paper
Receipt
CPI
Slip
Columns
Slip
CPI
15.6
45
13.9
32for58mm
paper
Compressed
56for80mm
paper
20.3
55
17.1
42for58mm
paper
Example:
RelatedInformation:
SeeTechnicalSpecificationsfordescriptionsofcharacterpitches(printmodes).
136
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Set Character Right-Side Spacing

ASCII:
ESCSPn
Hexadecimal:
1B20n
Decimal:
2732n
Rangeofn:
Default:
032
0
Setstherightsidecharacterspacingto[nxhorizontalorverticalmotionunits].Valuesfor
thiscommandaresetindependentlyinStandardandPageMode.
TheunitsofhorizontalandverticalmotionarespecifiedbytheSetHorizontalandVertical
MinimumMotionUnits(1D50)command.Changesinthehorizontalorverticalunits
donotaffectthecurrentrightsidecharacterspacing.Whenthehorizontalorvertical
motionunitischangedbytheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotionUnits(1D
50)commandthevaluemustbeinevenunitsandnotlessthantheminimumamountof
horizontalmovement.
InStandardModethehorizontalmotionunitisused.
InPageModethehorizontalorverticalmotionunitdiffersanddependsonthestarting
positionoftheprintablearea.Whenthestartingprintingpositionistheupperleftorlower
rightoftheprintablearea(setbySelectPrintDirectioninPageMode,1B54n)the
horizontalmotionunit(x)isused.Whenthestartingprintingpositionistheupperrightor
lowerleftoftheprintablearea(setbySelectPrintDirectioninPageMode,1B54n)the
verticalmotionunit(y)isused.
Example:
Exception:
Thiscommandisignoredin7156EmulationModeandisonlyvalidonthereceiptstation.
November 2003
137
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Print Modes

ASCII:
ESC!n
Hexadecimal:
1B21n
Decimal:
2733n
Valueofn:
Pitchselection(standard,compressed,doublehigh,or
doublewide.)
Bit
Bit0
Function
Pitch
Standard Pitch1
Compressed Pitch
15.6 CPI (Receipt)

44 Col/Line (80 mm)
32 Col/Line (58 mm)
13.9 CPI (Slip)
20.3 CPI (Receipt)

56 Col/Line (80 mm)
42 Col/Line (58 mm)
17.1 CPI (Slip)
45Col/Line
55Col/Line
Bit3
Emphasized
Mode
Canceled
Set
Bit4
Double
high2
Canceled
Set
Bit5
Doublewide Canceled
Set
Bit7
Underlined
Mode
Canceled
Set
Bits1,2,6arenotused.
Standardandcompressedpitchcannotbeusedtogetherinthesameline.
Doublehighcharacterscannotbeusedwithnormalcharactersinthesame
line,norcantheybeusedontheslipstation.
1
2
Default:
0(forbits0,3,4,5,7)
Selectstheprintmode:standard,compressed,doublehigh,ordoublewide.
Example:
RelatedInformation:
138
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Thebitsinthiscommandperformthesamefunctionasthestandalonefunctions:
1B16n
SelectPitch
1B45n
Emphasized
12
Doublewide
13
Singlewide
1B2Dn
Underline
Select or Cancel User-Defined Character Set

ASCII:
ESC%n
Hexadecimal:
1B25n
Decimal:
2737n
Valueofn:
0=CodePage437
1=Userdefined(RAMcharacterset)
2=CodePage850
Range:
Default:
02
0(CodePage437)
Selectsthecharacterset.WhenanundefinedRAMcharacterisselected,the
CodePage437characterisused.SeethePrintingSpecificationGuideforthecharactersets.
Example:
November 2003
139
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Define User-Defined Characters

Receipt
Slip
ASCII: ESC&3c1c2n1d1...nndn
ESC&0c1c2d1...dn
Hexadecimal:
1B263c1c2n1d1...nndn
1B260c1c2d1...dn
Decimal:
27383c1c2n1d1...nndn
27380c1c2d1...dn
DefinesandentersdownloadedcharactersintoRAMorFlash.Thecommandmaybeused
tooverwritesinglecharacters.Userdefinedcharactersareavailableuntilpoweristurned
offortheInitializePrintercommand(1B40)isreceived.
Anyinvalidbyte(s,c1,c2,n1)abortsthecommand.
Userdefinedcharactersetsforbothslipandreceiptmaybeusedatthesametime.The
commandclearsbitimagelogodatafromRAM.Theillustrationbelowprovidesasample
ofacharactercell.
Defining User-Defined Characters for the Slip and Receipt Station

DefinesandentersdownloadedcharactersintoRAM.
Receipt Characters (1B 26 3)
Slip Characters (1B 26 0)

MSB
Top of Character
Top of Character
d1 d4
d1 d4
d
10
dn
MSB
LSB
d2 d5
Most Significant
Bit Is Not Printed
dn
d3
dn
LSB
140
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
ValuesandRanges:
Receipt
c=theASCIIcodesofthefirst(c1)andlast(c2)charactersrespectively
c1=Hex20FF(Hex20isalwaysprintedasaspace)

Todefineonlyonecharacter,usethesamecodeforbothc1andc2.
n=thenumberofdotcolumnsforthenthcharacterasspecifiedbyn1...nn
n=110(standardpitch),12andlessacceptedbutignored
n=18(compressedpitch),12andlessacceptedbutignored
d=thecolumndataforthenthcharacterasspecifiedbyd1...dn
Thenumberofbytesforaparticularcharactercellis3xn1.
Thebytesareprinteddownandacrosseachcell.
Slip
c=theASCIIcodesofthefirst(c1)andlast(c2)charactersrespectively
Todefineonlyonecharacter,usethesamecodeforbothc1andc2.
d=thecolumndataforthenthcharacterasspecifiedbyd1...dn
Eachcharacterisdefinedby12bytes(onlybytes211areprinted.)
Eachbyteisone7dothighcolumn(fullorhalfdotcolumn.)
Overlappeddotsarenotprinted
Thedatamustcontain[(c2c1+1)x12]bytes
RelatedInformation:
See1D22n(SelectMemoryTypeWheretoSaveUserDefinedFonts.)
November 2003
141
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select or Cancel Underline Mode

ASCII:
ESCn
Hexadecimal:
1B2Dn
Decimal:
Valueofn:
2745n
0,48=Cancelunderlinemode
1,49=Selectunderlinemode
Defaultofn:
0(Cancelsunderlinemode)
Turnsunderlinemodeonoroff.Underlinescannotbeprintedforspacessetbythe
HorizontalTab,SetAbsoluteStartPosition,orSetRelativePrintPositioncommands.
ThiscommandandtheSelectPrintMode(s)command(1B21)turnunderlineonandoffin
thesameway.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H2D) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisignoredifnisoutofthespecifiedrange.
Thiscommandisonlyavailablein7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode.
Copy Character Set from ROM to RAM

ASCII:
ESC:000
Hexadecimal:
1B3A303030
Decimal:
2758484848
Default:
CodePage437
CopiescharactersintheactiveROMsettoRAM.Usethiscommandtoreinitializethe
UserDefinedCharacterSet.CodePage437iscopiedbydefaultatinitialization.
Thecommandisignoredifcurrentfontistheuserfont.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H3A) & Chr$(&H30) & Chr$(&H30)
& Chr$(&H30)
RelatedInformation:
142
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Tomodifycharactersinoneofthecharactersetvariations,suchasRotatedPrint,select
oneoftheRotatedPrintcommands,copytoRAM,thenusetheDefineUserDefined
CharacterSetcommand(1B26).
Cancel User-Defined Characters

ASCII:
ESC?n
Hexadecimal:
1B3Fn
Decimal:
2763n
Valueofn:
Specifiedcharactercode
Rangeofn:
32255
Cancelsthepatterndefinedforthecharactercodespecifiedbyn.Aftertheuserdefined
characteriscanceled,thecorrespondingpatternfromCodePage437isprinted.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H3F) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisignoredifnisoutofrangeoriftheuserdefinedcharacterisnotdefined.
Select or Cancel Emphasized Mode

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Valueofn:
ESCEn
1B45n
2769
0(bit0),notselected
1(bit0),selected
Rangeofn:
Default:
0255
0(bit0)
Startsorstopsemphasizedprintingonslipandreceipt.InEmphasizedModeontheslip,
eachlineisprintedtwicetoimprovepenetrationofmultipartformsandincreaseprint
contrast.Thesecondpassisprintedthesamedirectionasthefirsttoensureaccuracyof
theoverprint.Printingspeeddecreasesduetothesecondprintingpass.
November 2003
143
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Example:
Exceptions:
Onlythelowestbitofniseffective.
Emphasizedprintingcannotbeusedwithbitimagesordownloadedbitimages.
RelatedInformation:
ThiscommandandtheSelectPrintMode(s)command(1B21)functionidentically.
Select Double Strike

7156Emulation
7158Nativeand
7167NativeMode
ESCG
ESCGn
Hexadecimal:
1B47
1B47n
Decimal:
2771
2771n
ASCII:
Valueofn:
0=Off
1=On
Turnsdoublestrikemodeonfortheslipstation.Overprintsasecondpassoftheprintline
ontheslipstationtoimprovepenetrationofmultipartformsandincreaseprintcontrast.
Thesecondpassisprintedthesamedirectionasthefirsttoensureaccuracyofthe
overprint.Theprinterisresettothestandardprintmodeafteralinehasbeenprintedor
afteraClearPrinter(0x10)commandisreceived.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThesesettingsdonotapplyinPageMode.HowevertheycanbesetorclearedinPage
Mode.
Doublestrikeprintingcannotbeusedwithbitimagesordownloadedbitimages.
Thiscommandfunctionsthesameasthe7156whentheprinterisin7156Emulation
Mode.InNativeMode,thecommandtakesaparametertoenableanddisableit.
RelatedInformation:
PrinteroutputisthesameasinEmphasizedMode.
144
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Cancel Double Strike

ASCII:
ESCH
Hexadecimal:
1B48
Decimal:
2772
Turnsoffdoublestrikemodeontheslipstationin7156EmulationMode.
Thiscommandisignoredinthe7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode.
Thiscommandworksonbothslipandreceiptstations.
Example:
Select or Cancel Italic Print

ASCII:
ESCIn
Hexadecimal:
1B49n
Decimal:
2773n
Valueofn:
0=Off
1=On
(When0and1aretheLeastSignificantBit,LSB)
Default:
0(Off)
TurnsItalicprintmodeonoroff.Thiscommandisonlyavailablein7158NativeMode
and7167NativeMode..Italicprintmodeisavailableforbuiltin,userdefinedcharacters.
Thiscommandonlyworksonthereceiptstation.
Example:
Exceptions:
Onlythelowestbitofnisvalid.Thiscommandisonlyvalidforthereceiptstationin7158
NativeModeand7167NativeMode..
November 2003
145
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select International Character Set

ASCII:
ESCRn
or
ESCtn
Hexadecimal:
1B52n
or
1B74n
Decimal:
2782n
or
27116n
7156Emulation
7158NativeModeand
7167NativeMode.
Valueofn:
0=CodePage437USEnglish
0=CodePage437
1=CodePage850Multilingual
1=CodePage850
2=CodePage852Slavic
3=CodePage860Portuguese
4=CodePage863FrenchCanadian
5=CodePage865Nordic
6=CodePage858MultilingualwithEuroSymbol
7=CodePage866Cyrillic
8=CodePage1252WindowsLatinI
9=CodePage862Hebrew
20=CodePageKatakana
21=CodePage874Thailand
22=CodePage864Arabic
128=CodePage932Kanji2
129=CodePage936SimpleChinese1
130=CodePageKorean1
146
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
131=CodePageTraditionalChinese1
Selectsthecharactersettobeused.SeePrintSpecificationsforthecharactersets.
Therearetwocodesforthiscommand.Bothcodesperformthesamefunction.
Example:
RelatedInformation:
ThiscommandmayalsobeknownasSelectCharacterCodeTable.
Select Character Code Table

Seethepreviouscommand,SelectInternationalCharacterSet.
Select or Cancel Unidirectional Printing Mode

ASCII:
ESCUn
Hexadecimal:
1B55n
Decimal:
2785n
Valueofn:
0=selectbidirectional
1=selectunidirectional
Default:
0(bidirectional)
Togglesbetweenunidirectionalandbidirectionalprintingontheslipstation.
Unidirectionalprintingincreasescolumnalignmentandprovideshigherqualityprinting.
Printingisnormallybidirectionalbecauseofthefasterspeed.
Example:
Select or Cancel 90 Degrees Clockwise Rotated Print

ASCII:
ESCVn
Hexadecimal:
1B56n
Decimal:
2786n
November 2003
147
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Valueofn:
0=Cancel
1=Set
Default:
0(Cancel)
Rotatescharacters90degreesclockwise.Thecommandremainsineffectuntiltheprinteris
resetortheClearPrinter(0x10)commandisreceived.SeeSummaryofRotatedPrintingin
thischapter.
Example:
Select Print Color

ASCII:
ESCrn
Hexadecimal:
1B72n
Decimal:
Valueofn:
27114n
0=Black
1=2ndColor
Default:
0(Black)
Selectscolorprinting.Colorprintingisvalidforcharacter,graphics,logo,andbarcodes.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thecommandisvalidonlyforreceiptstation.
Select or Cancel Upside Down Printing Mode

ASCII:
ESC{n
Hexadecimal:
1B7Bn
Decimal:
27123n
Valueofn:
0=Cancel
1=Set
148
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Default:
0(Cancel)
Printsupsidedowncharacters.Thecharacterorderisinvertedinthebuffersotextis
readable.ThecommandremainsineffectuntiltheRotatedPrint(1B12)commandis
received.Onlybit0isused.Bits17arenotused.SeeSummaryofRotatedPrintinginthis
documentformoreinformation.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H7B) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Thecommandisvalidonlyatthebeginningofaline.
TheRotatedPrintcommand(1B12)cancelsthiscommand.
Select Character Size

ASCII:
GS!n
Hexadecimal:
1D21n
Decimal:
2933n
Valueofn:
18=verticalnumberoftimesnormalfont
18=horizontalnumberoftimesnormalfont
Rangeofn:
Defaultofn:
0007,1017,7077
0
Selectsthecharacterheightusingbits0to2andselectsthecharacterwidthusingbits4to
7,asfollows:
Character Width Selection
Hex
Decimal
Width
00
1(normal)
10
16
2(twotimeswidth)
20
32
3(threetimeswidth)
30
48
4(fourtimeswidth)
40
64
5(fivetimeswidth)
50
80
6(sixtimeswidth)
60
96
7(seventimeswidth)
70
112
8(eighttimeswidth)
November 2003
149
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Character Height Selection

Hex
Decimal
Height
00
1(normal)
01
2(twotimesheight)
02
3(threetimesheight
03
4(fourtimesheight)
04
5(fivetimesheight)
05
6(sixtimesheight)
06
7(seventimesheight)
07
8(eighttimesheight)
Thiscommandiseffectiveforallcharacters(exceptforHRIcharacters).
InStandardMode,theverticaldirectionisthepaperfeeddirection,andthehorizontal
directionisperpendiculartothepaperfeeddirection.However,whencharacter
orientationchangesin90degreeclockwiserotationmode,therelationshipbetween
verticalandhorizontaldirectionsisreversed.
InPageMode,verticalandhorizontaldirectionsarebasedonthecharacterorientation.
Whencharactersareenlargedwithdifferentsizesononeline,allthecharactersontheline
arealignedatthebaseline.
TheSelectPrintMode(1B21n)commandcanalsoselectorcanceldoublewidthand
doubleheightmodes.However,thesettingofthelastreceivedcommandiseffective.
Example:
Exceptions:
Ifnisoutofthedefinedrange,thiscommandisignored.Thiscommandisonlyvalidfor
thereceiptstation.
Thisisonlyavailablein7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode..
Select or Cancel White/Black Reverse Print Mode

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
1D42n
Decimal:
2966n
Valueofn:
0=Off
Rangeofn:
1=On(Onlythelowestbitisused.)
Defaultofn:
150
GSBn
0255
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
0(Off)
TurnsonWhite/Blackreverseprintingmode.Thiscommandisonlyavailablein7158
NativeModeand7167NativeMode..InWhite/Blackreverseprintingmode,printdots
andnonprintdotsarereversed,whichmeansthatwhitecharactersareformedby
printingablackbackground.WhentheWhite/Blackreverseprintingmodeisselecteditis
alsoappliedtocharacterspacingwhichissetbyRightSideCharacterSpacing(1B20).
Thiscommandcanbeusedwithbuiltincharactersanduserdefinedcharacters,butdoes
notaffectthespacebetweenlines.
White/BlackReversePrintModedoesnotaffectbitimage,downloadedbitimage,bar
code,HRIcharacters,andspacingskippedbyHorizontalTab(09),SetAbsoluteStarting
Position(1B24),andSetRelativePrintPosition(1B5C).
White/BlackreversemodehasahigherprioritythanUnderlineMode.WhenUnderline
ModeisonandWhite/BlackReversePrintModeisselected,UnderlineModeisdisabled,
butnotcanceled.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisonlyvalidonthereceiptstation.
Select or Cancel Smoothing Mode

ASCII:
GSbn
Hexadecimal:
1D62n
Decimal:
2998n
Thiscommandisignored.
Example:
Select Superscript or Subscript Modes

ASCII:
USENQn
Hexadecimal:
1F05n
Decimal:
3105n
Valueofn:
0=Normalcharactersize
November 2003
151
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
1=Selectsubscriptsize
2=Selectsuperscriptsize
Default:
0(normalsize)
Turnssuperscriptorsubscriptmodesonoroff.Thisattributemaybecombinedwithother
characterssizesettingscommands(12,13,1B21n,1D21n,)
Thiscommandisonlyavailableonthereceiptstationin7158NativeModeand7167
NativeMode..
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1F) & Chr$(&H05) & Chr$(n)
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisignoredifnisoutofthespecifiedrange.
152
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Summary of Rotated Printing

ThetableshowsthecombinationsofSet/CancelUpsideDownPrint,Set/CancelRotated
Print(clockwise),andRotatedPrint(counterclockwise).RotatedCCWismutually
exclusivewiththeothertwocommands.Unintendedconsequencesmayresultwhen
rotatedCCWismixedwithothercommands.
Upside Down
(1B 7B n)
Rotated CW
(1B 56 n)
Rotated CCW
(1B 12)
Canceled
Canceled
Cleared
A BC
Canceled
Set
C
B
A
Set
Canceled
A BC
Set
Set
C
B
A
Set
A
B
C
Thesamplesoftheprintshowonlythenormalsizecharacters.Doublewideanddouble
highcharactersareprintedinthesameorientation(doublehighcharacterscannotbe
printedontheslipstation).Theymayalsobemixedonthesameline.
Resulting Output
Note: Thefollowingprintmodescannotbemixedonthesameline:
1. Standardandcompressedpitch
2. Vertical(normal)androtated
3. Rightsideupandupsidedown
4. Singlehigh(normal)anddoublehigh
November 2003
153
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Graphics Commands
Thesecommandsareusedtoenterandprintgraphicsdataandaredescribedinorderof
theirhexadecimalcodes.
Download BMP Logo

ASCII:
ESC(+*.BMPfiledata)
Hexadecimal:
1B(+*.BMPfiledata)
Decimal:
27(+*.BMPfiledata)
Value:
Maximumwidth=
576
Maximumheight=
512
EntersaBMPfiledataintoRAMorFlash.
ThiscommandisusedbysendingthefiledataofamonochromeBMPfileprecededbya
0x1B.Thebitmapisstoredintheprinterinthesamemannerasadownloadedbit
image.
ThedownloadedBMPfilecanbeprintedbyusingthePrintDownloadedBitImage(1D2F
m)command.
Example:
1. MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B)
2.
Open bitmapfile For Binary As filehandle
3.
filecontent = Input(LOF(filehandle), filehandle)
4.
MSComm1.Output = filecontent & vbLf
5.
This last step is to use the print downloaded image command to print
Exceptions:
BMPfileimagesthatarenotmonochromeareignored.Thiscommandisonlyvalidforthe
receiptstation.
RelatedInformation:
See1D22n(SelectMemoryTypetosavelogos.)
Forthe7158nativemodeand7167NativeMode.ofoperation,ifmultiplelogosaretobe
definedandused,thiscommandshouldbeprecededbytheSelectCurrentLogo
commandtodefinethenumberbywhichthisdownloadedlogoistobereferenced.
154
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Bit Image Mode

ASCII:
ESC*mn1n2d1...dn
Hexadecimal:
1B2Amn1n2d1...dn
Decimal:
2742mn1n2d1...dn
Setstheprintresolutionandentersonelineofgraphicsdataintotheprintbuffer.Excess
dataisacceptedbutignored.Anyprintcommandisrequiredtoprintthedata,afterwhich
theprinterreturnstonormalprocessingmode.
Seetheillustrationgraphicrepresentationofthebitimage.
In7156EmulationMode,slipgraphicsareonly7bit(MSBnotprinted.)In7158Native
Modeand7167NativeMode.,slipgraphicsare8bit.
Values:
ReceiptStation
Mode
Value
of m
0
8DotSingle
Density
No. of Dots
(Vertical)
8(68DPI)
No. of Dots (Horizontal)

0288(101DPI,
80mm)
Number of
Dots/Line
8x288(80mm)
8x212(58mm)
0212(101DPI,
58mm)
1
8DotDouble
Density
8(68DPI)
0576(101DPI,
80mm)
8x576(80mm)
8x424(58mm)
0424(101DPI,
58mm)
32
33
24DotSingle
Density
24Dot
Double
Density
24(203DPI) 0288(101DPI,
80mm)
24x288
(80mm)
0212(101DPI,
58mm)
24x212
(58mm)
24(203DPI) 0576(101DPI,
80mm)
24x576
(80mm)
0424(101DPI,
58mm)
24x424
(58mm)
November 2003
155
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
SlipStation
Value Mode
of m
No. of Dots**
(Vertical)
No. of Dots (Horizontal)
Number of
Dots/Line
7DotSingle
Density
7(72DPI)
224(69.5DPI)
7x224
1*
7DotDouble
Density
7(72DPI)
448(139DPI)
7x448
32,33 NotAvailable
onSlip
Insingledensity,onebyte(7dots)isprintedineachfulldotcolumn;in
doubledensity,onebyteisprintedineachhalf/fulldotcolumn.
*Adjacenthorizontaldots(overlappingdots)arenotprintedontheslip.
**In7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode..Thereare8verticaldots.
Value of n (8-Dot
Single-Density Mode)
Value of n (24-Dot
Single-Density Mode)
Value of d
n1+(256xn2)
3x[n1+(256xn2)]
NumberofBytesofData*
*Printedlefttoright(8dotmode);Printeddownthenacross(24dotmode).
Formulas:
8DotSingleDensity n1+(256xn2)
24DotSingleDensity 3x[n1+(256xn2)]
8-Dot Single-Density ModeReceipt and Slip
Top of Bit Image
d1 d2 d3 d4
dn
Receipt
Slip
MSB
MSB
dn
dn
LSB
LSB
Most Significant
Bit Is Not Printed
In A756 Emulation
156
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
24-Dot Single-Density ModeReceipt Only

Top of Bit Image
d1 d4 d7
MSB
d2 d5
dn
d3 d6
dn
LSB
November 2003
157
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Double-Density Graphics

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
ESCYn1n2d1dn
1B59n1n2d1...dn
2789n1n2d1...dn
or
or
or
ESCLn1n2d1...dn
1B4Cn1n2d1dn
2776n1n2d1...dn
Valueofn:
Value of n (8-Dot Single
Density Mode)
Value of n (24-Dot Single

Density Mode)
n1+(256xn2)
3x[n1+(256xn2)]
Value of d
NumberofBytesofData
(PrintedDown,Then
Across)
Entersonelineof7(slipin7156mode)or8dotdoubledensitygraphicsintotheprint
buffer.Anyprintcommandisrequiredtoprinttheline,afterwhichtheprinterreturnsto
normalprocessingmode.Thenumberofbytessentisrepresentedbytheformulasinthe
table.
Eachbitcorrespondstoonehorizontaldot.ComparetoSetBitImageMode(1B2A,m=1)
earlierinthisdocument.
Exception:
1B4Cn1n2d1dnisonlyvalidin7156EmulationMode.
Select the Current Logo (Downloaded Bit Image)

ASCII:
GS#n
Hexadecimal:
1D23n
Decimal:
2935n
Rangeofn:
0255
Selectsalogotobedefinedorprinted.Theactivelogonremainsinuseuntilthis
commandissentagainwithadifferentlogon.
Whenthiscommandprecedesalogodefinition,thatdefinitionisstoredinFlashMemory
aslogon.IfthereisalreadyadifferentdefinitioninFlashMemoryforlogon,thefirstis
inactivatedandthenewdefinitionisused.TheinactivedefinitionisnoterasedfromFlash
andcontinuestotakeupspaceinFlashMemory.
Whenthiscommandprecedesalogoprintcommandandnisdifferentfromthe
previouslyactivelogoselected,theprinterretrievesthelogodefinitionfornfromFlash
Memoryandprintsit.Ifthereisnodefinitionforlogon,thennologoisprinted.
Inthecaseofapreviouslyexistingapplicationthatexpectsonlyonepossiblelogo,the
printerwillnotreceivetheSelectCurrentLogo(1D23n)command.Inthiscase,the
158
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
printerassigns0astheactivelogoidentifier.Itautomaticallystoresanynewlogo
definitioninFlashMemoryaslogo0,inactivatinganypreviouslogo0definition.Ifthe
FlashMemoryspaceavailableforlogosfillsupwithinactivelogo0definitions,the
firmwareerasestheolddefinitionsatthenextpowercycle.Thisistheonlycaseinwhich
theprintererasesFlashMemorywithoutanapplicationcommand.
Inthecaseofanewapplicationusingmultiplelogos,theSelectCurrentLogo(1D23n)
commandisused.Afterthat,theprinternolongerautomaticallyerasesthelogodefinition
FlashMemorypagewhenitfillswithmultipledefinitions.Anewapplicationusing
multiplelogos,writingauserdefinedcharactersetintoFlashMemory,orboth,is
responsibleforerasingthelogoanduserdefinedcharactersetFlashMemorypagewhen
thelogoareaisfullorbeforeanewcharactersetisdefined.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thiscommandisonlyvalidforthereceiptstation.However,itwillbeprocessedcorrectly
regardlessofwhetherthereceiptstationiscurrentlyselected.
Define Downloaded Bit Image

ASCII:
GS*n1n2d1...dn]
Hexadecimal:
1D2An1n2d1...dn]
Decimal:
2942n1n2d1...dn
Valueofn1:
Seethefollowingtable.
Valueofn2:
Valueofd:
Value of n1
Value of n2
Value of d
172(8xn1=Numberof
HorizontalDotColumns)
164(NumberofVertical
Bytes)*
BytesofData
(PrintedDown
ThenAcross)
*Thenumberofbytessentisrepresentedbythefollowingformula:
n=8xn1xn2(n1xn2mustbelessthanorequalto4608).
Entersadownloadedbitimage(suchasalogo)intoRAMorFlashwiththenumberof
dotsspecifiedbyn1andn2in7156Emulation,unlessloadedintoFlash.Thedownloaded
bitimageisavailableuntilpoweristurnedoff,anotherbitimageisdefined,oreither
InitializePrinter(1B40),orDefineUserDefinedCharacterSet(1B26),commandis
received.
November 2003
159
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Bydefault,7156EmulationloadsdownloadedbitimagetoSRAM,while7158Native
Modeand7167NativeModeloadsthemtoFlash.
Seetheillustrationonthefollowingpageforagraphicrepresentationofthedownloaded
bitimage.
C olum n
O ne
R ow
O ne
Top of G raphic
C olum n
72 x 8 M ax.
d
d1 65
d2
MSB
dn
R ow 64 d
M ax. 64
dn
LSB
Exceptions:
SeetheillustrationforthePrintDownloadedBitImagecommand(1D2F)fora
representationofthebitimage.
RelatedInformation:
See1D22n(SelectMemoryTypetostorelogos)and1D23n(SelecttheCurrentLogo.)
Forthe7158nativemodeand7167NativeModeofoperation,ifmultiplelogosaretobe
definedandused,thiscommandshouldbeprecededbytheSleectCurrentLogo
commandtodefinethenumberbywhichthisdowloadedlogoistobereferenced.
160
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Print Downloaded Bit Image

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GS/m
1D2Fm
2947m
ValueandRangeofm:
Value of m
Print Mode
Vertical DPI1
Horizontal DPI*
0
1
2
3
Normal
DoubleWide
DoubleHigh
Quadruple
203
203
101
101
203
101
203
101
Dotdensitymeasuredindotsperinch
PrintsadownloadedbitimageinRAMorFlashonthereceiptstationatadensity
specifiedbym.Itisignoredifanydataisintheprintbuffer,ifthedownloadedbitimage
isundefined,orifthedatadefinedexceedsoneline.
Seetheillustrationforarepresentationofthebitimage.
Column
Top of Graphic
One
Column
72 x 8 Max.
Row
One d1 d
65
d2
MSB
dn
Row 64 d
Max. 64
dn
LSB
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H2F) & Chr$(m)
RelatedInformation:
November 2003
161
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
See1D22n(SelectMemoryTypetostorelogos)and1D23n(SelecttheCurrentLogo.)
Convert 6 Dots/mm Bitmap to 8 Dots/mm Bitmap

ASCII:
USEOTn
Hexadecimal:
1F04n
Decimal:
3104n
Value:
0=Off
1=On
Default:
0(Off)
Selectsorcancels6dot/mmin7158EmulationModeand7167NativeMode.
Whenthe6dot/mmemulationisselected,logosandgraphicsareexpandedhorizontally
andverticallytoemulatetheirsizeona6dot/mmprinter.Thehorizontalpositioning
commandsalsoemulatepositioningona6dot/mmprinter.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1F) & Chr$(&H04) & Chr$(n)
Exception:
Thiscommandisavailablein7158NativeModeand7167NativeModeonly.
162
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Status Commands
Status Command Introduction
The7167hasthreemethodsofprovidingstatustotheapplication.Thesemethodsare
throughBatchStatusCommands,RealTimeStatusCommands,andAutoStatusBack.An
applicationmayuseoneormoreofthesemethodstounderstandthecurrentstatusofthe
printer.Abriefdescriptionofeachofthesemethodsfollows.
BatchStatusCommandsThesecommandsaresenttotheprinterandstoredinthe
printersbuffer.Oncetheprinterhasprocessedallthepreviouscommandsthese
commandsareprocessedandtheproperstatusisreturnedtotheapplication.Intheevent
aconditioncausestheprintertogoBUSY,itstopsprocessingcommandsfromtheprinter
buffer.IfaBatchStatusCommandremainedinthebufferduringthisbusycondition,it
wouldnotbeprocessed.Infact,noBatchCommandsareprocessedwhiletheprinterisin
thisstate.
RealTimeCommandsThesecommandsaresenttotheprinterandareNOTstoredin
theprintersbuffer.Instead,theyareactedonimmediately(regardlessoftheprinters
BUSYstatus)andtheirresponse(ifany)isreturnedtotheapplication.Thisgivesthe
applicationtheabilitytoquerytheprinterwhenitisinabusystateinordertocorrect
whateverfaulthasoccurred.
AutoStatusBackThismechanismallowstheapplicationdevelopertoprogramthe
printertoautomaticallyrespondwithafourbytestatuswhencertainconditionsinthe
printerchange.
Pleaseseethesubsequentsectionsforamoredetaileddescriptionofthesestatus
commands.AttheendofthisStatusCommandssectionisapageentitledRecognizing
DatafromthePrinter.Thisdescribeshowtointerpretwhatcommandorsetting(inthe
caseofAutoStatusBack)triggeredaresponsefromtheprinter.
Batch Mode
ForRS232Cprinters,thesecommandsenabletheprintertocommunicatewiththehost
computerfollowingtheselectedhandshakingprotocol,eitherDTR/DSRorXON/XOFF.
Theyarestoredintheprintersdatabufferastheyarereceived,andarehandledbythe
firmwareintheorderinwhichtheyarereceived.
Whenafaultoccurs,theprinterwillgobusyattheRS232Cinterfaceandnotrespondto
anyoftheBatchModePrinterStatuscommands.Ifthefaultcausingthebusycondition
canbecleared,suchasbyloadingpaper,orlettingthethermalprintheadcooldown,the
printerwillresumeprocessingthedatainitsreceivebuffer.
November 2003
163
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmit Peripheral Device Status

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
ESCu0
1B750
271170
ReturnValue:
Bit0
Bit1
1=Drawer1closed
1=Drawer2closed
0=Drawer1open
0=Drawer2open
(Bits27arenotused)
Transmitscurrentstatusofthecashdrawers.Onebyteissenttothehostcomputer.In
DTR/DSRprotocoltheprinterwaitsforDSR=SPACE.Ifadrawerisnotconnected,the
statuswillindicateitisclosed.
Example:
164
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Transmit Printer Status

ASCII:
ESCv
Hexadecimal:
1B76
Decimal:
27118
Sendsstatusdatatothehostcomputer.Theprintersendsonebytetothehostcomputer
whenitisnotbusyorinafaultcondition.InDTR/DSRprotocol,theprinterwaitsforDSR
=SPACE.
Status Byte (RS-232C)

Bit Function
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Receipt Paper
Receipt Cover or Front Cover
Receipt Paper
Knife or Slip
Always Zero
Slip Leading Edge Sensor
Slip Trailing Edge Sensor
Thermal Head Temp or Voltage
0 Signifies
Ok
Closed
Ok
Ok
1 Signifies
Low
Open
Out
Jam
Not Covered
Not Covered
Ok
Covered
Covered
Out of Range
Example:
RelatedInformation:
SeeRealTimeCommands,inthisdocumentfordetailsaboutfaultconditionreporting.
November 2003
165
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmit Printer ID
ASCII
GSIn
Hexadecimal
1D49n
Decimal
2973n
Valueofn
1,49=PrintermodelID
2,50=TypeID
3,51=ROMversionID
4,52=Logodefinition
TransmitstheprinterIDspecifiedbynasfollows:
N
Printer ID
Specification
ID (hexadecimal)
1,49
PrintermodelID
NCR7167
0xA1(7167NativeMode)
1,49
PrintermodelID
NCR7158
0x28(7158NativeMode)
1,49
PrintermodelID
NCR7156
0x26(7156Emulation)
1,49
PrintermodelID
NCR7150
0x02(7150Mode)
2,50
TypeID
Installedoptions
Refertothetablebelow
3,51
ROMversionID
ROMversion
0x00
4,52
LogoDefinition
LogoDefinition
Refertotablebelow
TypeID(n=2)
Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
Notwobytecharactercodeinstalled.
On
01
Twobytecharactercodeinstalled.
Off
00
Noknifeinstalled.
On
02
Knifeinstalled.
Undefined
Off
00
NoMICRinstalled.
On
08
MICRinstalled.
Off
00
Notused.FixedtoOff.
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.FixedtoOff.
166
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
TypeID(n=4)
Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
Nologodefinitionloadedbyapplication.
On
01
Logoloadedbyapplication.
Undefined
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.FixedtoOff.
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.FixedtoOff.
Example:
Transmit Printer ID, Remote Diagnostics Extension

ASCII:
GSI@n
Hexadecimal:
1D4940n
Decimal:
297364n
Valuesofn:
Refertotableabove
Rangeofn:
32255
(notalldefinedbutreserved)
Performstheremotediagnosticfunctionspecifiedbyn.
Eighteenremotediagnosticitemsaredefined:eightprinterIDitemsandtenprintertally
items.Agroupoffourremotediagnosticfunctionsisassignedtoeachdiagnosticitem.
Mostofthediagnosticitemsaremaintainedinnonvolatilememory(NVRAM),butsome
aremaintainedinreadonlymemory(ROM).
Thetablethatfollowsdescribesthevariables.
Thefirstitemgroupinthetableincludesanexampleofdatatosendandtoreceive.Data
sentfromthehosttowritetoNVRAMmustcontainalldigitsrequiredbytheremote
diagnosticitem.AlldatamustbeASCII.TheprinterreturnsallASCIIdata.Itispreceded
bytheparameterntoidentifythediagnosticitemandisfollowedbyaCarriageReturn
(0D)tosignifytheendofthedata.
November 2003
167
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Thecommandperformstheremotediagnosticfunctionspecifiedbynasdescribedinthe
followingtable.
Value of n
ASC
Hex
Dec
Space 20
32
Remote Diagnostic Item
Function
Serial#,
WritetoNVRAM
Example,send14bytestoprinter:GSI@
0x201234567890
10digitASCII
!
21
33
Serial#,
10digitASCII
168
WritetoNVRAM,andprintonreceiptto
verify
!1234567890
Thiswillprintonreceipt:Serial#written:
1234567890
22
34
Serial#
Notavailable,cannotclearSerial#item
23
35
Serial#
ReturnSerial#,precededbyntoidentify
Printerreturns12bytesinaboveexample:
#1234567890<CR>
24
36
Class/model#,
15digitASCII
WritetoNVRAM
25
37
Class/model#
verify
27
39
Class/model#
ReturnClass/model#,returns17bytes
2B
43
Bootfirmwarepart
#,12digitASCII
ReturnBootfirmwarepart#,returns14
bytes
2F
47
Bootfirmware
CRC,4digitASCII
ReturnBootfirmwareCRC,returns6
bytes
33
51
Flashfirmwarepart ReturnFlashfirmwarepart#,returns14
#,12digitASCII
bytes
37
55
Flashfirmware
CRC,4digitASCII
ReturnFlashfirmwareCRC,returns6
bytes
80
128
Receiptlinestally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
00010000
Tosetreceiptlinestallyto10,000
81
129
Receiptlinestally
verify
00010000
Thiswillprintonreceipt:Receipttally
written:10,000
82
130
Receiptlinestally
Clearreceiptlinestallyto0
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Value of n
ASC
Hex
Dec
Function
83
131
Receiptlinestally
Returnreceiptlinestally,precededbyn
toidentify
Printerreturns10bytesinaboveexample:
00010000<CR>
84
132
Knifecuttally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
85
133
Knifecuttally
verify
86
134
Knifecuttally
Clearknifecuttallyto0
87
135
Knifecuttally
Returnknifecuttally,returns10bytes
88
136
Slipcharactertally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
89
137
Slipcharactertally
verify
8A
138
Slipcharactertally
Clearslipcharactertallyto0
8B
139
Slipcharactertally
Returnslipcharactertally,returns10
bytes
8C
140
MICRreadtally,
8digitASCII
numeric,max
99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
8D
141
MICRreadtally
verify
8E
142
MICRreadtally
ClearMICRreadtallyto0
8F
143
MICRreadtally
ReturnMICRreadtally,returns10bytes
90
144
Hoursontally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
91
145
Hoursontally
verify
92
146
Hoursontally
ClearHoursontallyto0
93
147
Hoursontally
ReturnHoursontally,returns10bytes
97
151
Bootfirmware
version
ReturnBootfirmwareversion,returns6
bytes
A3
163
Flashfirmware
version
ReturnFlashfirmwareversion,returns6
bytes
November 2003
169
Chapter 6: Commands
170
7167 Owners Manual
Value of n
ASC
Hex
Dec
Function
A4
164
Flashcyclestally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
A5
165
Flashcyclestally
verify
A6
166
Flashcyclestally
ClearFlashcyclescuttallyto0
A7
167
Flashcyclestally
ReturnFlashcyclescuttally,returns10
bytes
A8
168
Knifejamstally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
A9
169
Knifejamstally
verify
AA
170
Knifejamstally
ClearKnifejamstallyto0
AB
171
Knifejamstally
ReturnKnifejamstally,returns10bytes
AC
172
Coveropenings
tally,8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
AD
173
Coveropenings
tally
verify
AE
174
Coveropenings
tally
ClearCoveropeningstallyto0
AF
175
Coveropenings
tally
ReturnCoveropeningstally,returns10
bytes
B2
178
MaxTemperature
tally
ClearMaxtemptally
B3
179
MaxTemperature
tally
ReturnMaxTemperaturetally,returns10
bytes
B4
180
Sliplinestally,
8digitASCII
numeric,
max99,999,999
WritetoNVRAM
B5
181
Sliplinestally
verify
B6
182
Sliplinestally
ClearSliplinestallyto0
B7
183
Sliplinestally
ReturnSlipLinestally,returns10bytes
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H49) & Chr$(&H40) & Chr$(n) & CHR$(&H0D)
November 2003
171
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmit Status
ASCII: GSrn
Hexadecimal 1D72n
:
Decimal: 29114n
Valueofn: 1,49=printerstatus
2,50=cashdrawerstatus
3,51=slippaperstatus
4,52=FlashMemorystatus
Transmitsthestatusspecifiedbyn.Thisisabatchmodecommandwhichtransmitsthe
responseafterallpriordatainthereceivebufferhasbeenprocessed.Theremaybeatime
lagbetweentheprinterreceivingthiscommandandtransmittingtheresponse,depending
onthereceivebufferstatus.
WhenDTR/DSRRS232Ccommunicationshandshakingcontrolisselected,theprinter
transmitstheonebyteresponseonlywhenthehostsignalDSRindicatesitisreadyto
receivedata.
WhenXON/XOFFRS232Ccommunicationshandshakingcontrolisselected,theprinter
transmitstheonebyteresponseregardlessofthehostsignalDSR.
WhenAutoStatusBack(ASB)isenabledusingtheEnable/DisableAutomaticStatusBack
command(1D61),thestatustransmittedbythiscommand(TransmitStatus)andtheASB
statusmustbedifferentiatedaccordingtotheinformationfoundinRecognizingDatafrom
thePrinter.ThisisfoundintheRealTimeCommandssectionofthisdocument.
172
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Thestatusbytestobetransmittedaredescribedinthefollowingfourtables.
Printer Status (n = 1 or n = 49)

Bit
Off/On Hex Decimal
Status for Transmit Status
Off
On
00
01
0
1
Receiptpaperadequate.
Receiptpaperlow.
Off
On
00
02
0
2
Receiptpaperadequate.
Receiptpaperlow.
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Receiptpaperpresent.
Receiptpaperexhausted.
Off
On
00
08
0
8
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
00
On
20
32
Slipleadingedgesensor:paperpresent
Slipleadingedgesensor:nopaper.
Off
00
Sliptrailingedgesensor:paperpresent
On
40
64
Sliptrailingedgesensor:nopaper.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
6
7
Cash Drawer Status (n = 2 or n = 50)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status for Transmit Status
Off
On
00
01
0
1
Oneorbothcashdrawersopen.
Bothcashdrawersclosed.
Off
On
00
02
0
2
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Slip Paper Status (n = 3 or n = 51)

Value of Byte Returned Slip Status
Thereisnomoreprintingspaceonthecurrentslip,
ortheslippaperisnotselected.
1to8
Remainingprintareaonthecurrentslip,innumber
oflines,atthecurrentlysetlinespacing,whenthe
trailingedgesensorhasbecomeuncovered.
Untilthetrailingedgesensorbecomesuncoveredthe
valuereportedwillbe6,becausethereareatleast6
linesremaining.
November 2003
173
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Therecanbe7or8linesremainingwhentheslipline
spacinghasbeensettolessthan7.2linesperinch.
174
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Flash Memory Status (n = 4 or n = 52)

Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status for Transmit Status
Off
00
Undefined.Fixedtooff.
Off
00
Undefined.Fixedtooff.
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Userdatastoragewritesuccessful.
Userdatastoragewritefailed.Specifiedarea
noterased.
Off
On
00
08
0
8
Flashlogoareaadequate.Definitionstored.
Flashlogoareanotadequateforrecent
definition.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
On
00
20
0
32
Nothermaluserdefinedcharacterswrittento
Flash
Thermaluserdefinedcharacterswrittento
Flash.
Off
On
00
04
0
64
Noimpactuserdefinedcharacterswrittento
Flash.
Impactuserdefinedcharacterswrittento
Flash.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Rangeofn:

14
4952
Example:
Exceptions:
Whennisoutofthespecifiedrange,thecommandisignored.
Send Printer Software Version

ASCII:
USV
Hexadecimal:
1F56
Decimal:
3186
Theprinterreturns8bytescontainingthebootandFlashsoftwareversion.Thefirst4
bytesreturnedareanASCIIstringforthebootversion.Thesecond4bytesareanASCII
stringforthebootversion.Example:for1.234.56(8bytes),thebootversionis1.23andthe
Flashversionis4.56.
November 2003
175
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1F) & Chr$(&H56)
176
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Recognizing Data from the Printer

AnapplicationsendingvariousRealTimeandnonRealTimecommandstowhichthe
printerrespondscandeterminewhichcommandaresponsebelongstobythetablebelow.
ResponsestoTransmitPeripheralDeviceStatus(1B75)andTransmitPaperSensorStatus
(1B76)arenonRealTimeresponsesandwillarriveintheorderinwhichtheywere
solicited.
Batch Mode Response
Response Recognized By:
ASCII
HEX
ESCu0
1B750
Binary
ESCv
1B76
Binary
GSIn
1D49n
Binary
GSrn
1D72n
Binary
Real-Time Response
ASCII
HEX
GSEOTn
1D04n
Binary
DLEEOT
n
1004n
Binary
GSENQ
1D05
Binary
XON
Binary
XOFF
Binary
Auto Status Back (ASB)
ASBByte1
Binary
ASBBytes24
Binary
November 2003
177
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Real Time Commands

Thesecommandsprovideanapplicationinterfacetotheprinterevenwhentheprinteris
nothandlingothercommands(RS232Ccommunicationinterfaceonly):
1. RealTimeStatusTransmission(GSSequenceandDLESequence)
2. RealTimeRequesttoPrinter(GSSequenceandDLESequence)
3. RealTimePrinterStatusTransmission
TheBatchModePrinterStatuscommandsareplacedintheprintersdatabufferasthey
arereceivedandhandledbythefirmwareintheorderinwhichtheyarereceived.Ifthe
paperexhaustswhileprintingdatathatwasinthebufferaheadofthestatuscommand,
theprintergoesbusyattheRS232Cinterfaceandsuspendsprocessingthedatainthe
bufferuntilpaperisreloaded.Thisistrueforallerrorconditions:knifehomeerror,slip
paperjam,thermalprintheadoverheat,etc.
Inaddition,thereisnowaytorestarttheprinterafterapaperjam,ortocancelaslip
waitingconditionwhenusingtheWaitforSlipcommand.
TheRealTimecommandsareimplementedintwowaystocorrecttheseproblems.Both
implementationsofferthesamefunctionality;whichoneyouchoosedependsonthe
currentusageofyourapplication.
Preferred Implementation
ForanewapplicationtheGS(1D)sequencesarerecommendedtoavoidpossible
misinterpretationofaDLE(0x10)sequenceasaClearPrinter(0x100,ASCIIDLENUL)
command.
AnapplicationusingtheseGS(1D)sequences,doesnotneedtodistinguishfortheprinter
betweenthenewrealtimecommandsandtheClearPrintercommand.This
implementationisidealforanexisting7156applicationthatalreadyusestheClearPrinter
commandorforanewapplicationbeingdeveloped.
Alternate Implementation
ThealternateimplementationusestheDLE(0x10)sequencesasimplementedonother
printers.AnapplicationusingtheseDLE(0x10)sequencesandtheoriginal7156Clear
Printercommand(0x10)mustdistinguishfortheprinterbetweenthenewrealtime
commandsandtheClearPrintercommandbyaddingaNUL(0x00)totheClearPrinter
command.
AnapplicationusingtheseDLE(0x10)sequencesmustalsosendthesecondbyteofthe
sequencewithin100millisecondsofthefirst,topreventthefirstbytebeingmistakenfora
ClearPrintercommand.
Rules for Using Real Time Commands

Threesituationsmustbeunderstoodwhenusingrealtimecommands.
First,theprinterexecutestheRealTimecommanduponreceivingitandwilltransmit
statusregardlessoftheconditionoftheDSRsignal.
178
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Second,theprintertransmitsstatuswheneveritrecognizesaRealTimeStatus
Transmissioncommandsequence,evenifthatsequencehappenstooccurnaturallywithin
thedataofanothercommand,suchasgraphicsdata.
Inthiscasethesequencewillalsobehandledcorrectlyasthegraphicsdataitisintended
tobewhenthegraphicscommandisexecutedfromthebuffer.
Third,caremustbetakennottoinsertaRealTimecommandintothedatasequenceof
anothercommandthatconsistsoftwoormorebytes.
Inthiscasetheprinterwillusetherealtimecommandsequencebytesinsteadoftheother
commandsparameterbyteswhenfinallyexecutingthatothercommandfromthebuffer;
theothercommandwillNOTbeexecutedcorrectly.
ThesethreesituationsgenerallyprecludeuseofstandardDOSdriversfortheserial
communicationportswhenusingrealtimecommands.
Moving Data Through the Buffer

Anotherconsiderationisthatanapplicationshouldtakecarenottoletthebufferfillup
withrealtimecommandswhentheprinterisbusyattheRS232Cinterface.Abusy
conditionattheRS232Cinterfacecanbedeterminedbybit3oftheresponseto1D05or
1D041or10041.Thereasonforaparticularbusyconditioncanbedeterminedbyother
responsesto1D04nor1004n.
AlthoughtheprinterrespondstoRealTimecommandswhenitisbusy,itwillplacethem
intothebufferbehindanyotherdatathere,andflushthemoutintheorderinwhichthey
werereceived.Whentheprinterisbusyduesimplytobufferfull(thatis,itcantprintdata
asfastasitcanreceiveit),thendatacontinuestobeprocessedoutofthebufferat
approximatelyprintspeedandtheRealTimecommandswilleventuallygetflushedout.
Whentheprinterisbusyduetoanerrorcondition,thendatastopsbeingprocessedoutof
thebufferuntiltheconditionclearsonewayoranother.Ineithercase,butmorequicklyin
thecaseofanerrorcondition,thebuffercanfillwithrealtimecommands.
WhentheDLEsequencesarebeingused,thelastbytestoredwhenthebufferfillsup
couldbetheDLEcode,withnoroomforthesubsequentEOTorENQ.Whenthislone
DLEbyteisfinallyprocessedoutofthebufferitwillbeinterpretedasaClearPrinter
command.
Similarly,whentheGSsequencesarebeingused,thelastbytestoredwhenthebufferfills
upcouldbetheGScode,withnoroomforthesubsequentEOTorETXorENQ.Whenthis
loneGSbyteisfinallyprocessedoutofthebufferitwillusethenextbyte,whateveritis,
asthesecondbyteinitsGSsequence.
Toguardagainstthissituation,anapplicationshoulddeterminethecauseofabusy
conditionandtakeappropriateactionorpacefurtherrealtimecommandstoavoidfilling
thebuffer.Thereareaminimumof256bytesavailableintheprintersbufferwhenitgoes
busy.
November 2003
179
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Real Time Status Transmission
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Valueofn:
GSSequence
DLESequence
GSEOTn
DLEEOTn
1D04n
1004n
294n
164n
GS/DLESequence
1=Transmitprinterstatus
2=TransmitRS232Cbusystatus
3=Transmiterrorstatus
4=Transmitreceiptpaperstatus
5=Slippaperstatus
TransmitstheselectedonebyteprinterstatusspecifiedbyninRealTimeaccordingtothe
followingparameters.Thiscommandincludestwosequences:GSandDLEandusing
eitherorwillproducethesameresult.
Example:
Exceptions:
Thecommandisignoredifnisoutofrange.
AnapplicationusingtheDLEsequencemustsendEOTwithin100millisecondsofDLEor
theprinterwillmisinterprettheDLEandexecuteaClearPrintercommand.Avoidthis
possibilitybyusingthe1D04nsequence,whichishandledexactlythesameas1004n.
180
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
RelatedInformation:
1=TransmitPrinterStatus
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
FixedtoOff
On
02
FixedtoOn
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Oneorbothcashdrawersopen
Bothcashdrawersclosed
Off
On
00
08
0
8
NotbusyattheRS232Cinterface
PrinterisBusyattheRS232Cinterface
On
10
16
FixedtoOn
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
FixedtoOff
2=TransmitRS232CBusyStatus
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
FixedtoOff
On
02
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Bothreceiptandcassettedoorsclosed
On
04
Receiptorcassettedooropen
Off
00
PaperFeedButtonisnotpressed
On
08
PaperFeedButtonispressed
On
10
16
FixedtoOn
Off
00
On
20
32
Printingnotstoppedduetopaper
condition
Printingstoppedduetopapercondition
6
7
Off
00
Noerrorcondition
On
40
64
Errorconditionexistsintheprinter
Off
00
FixedtoOff
November 2003
181
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
3=TransmitErrorStatus
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
FixedtoOff
On
02
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Noslipmotororflipjam
On
04
Slipmotororflipjamoccurred
Off
00
Noknifeerror
On
08
Knifeerroroccurred
On
10
16
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Nounrecoverableerror
On
20
32
Unrecoverableerroroccurred
Off
00
Thermalprintheadtemp./power
supplyvoltageareinrange
On
40
64
Thermalprintheadtemp./power
supplyvoltageareoutofrange
Off
00
FixedtoOff
4=TransmitReceiptPaperStatus
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
FixedtoOff
On
02
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Receiptpaperadequate
On
04
Receiptpaperlow
Off
00
On
08
Receiptpaperlow
On
10
16
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Receiptpaperpresent
On
20
32
Receiptpaperexhausted
Off
00
Receiptpaperpresent
On
40
64
Off
00
FixedtoOff
6
7
182
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
5=TransmitSlipPaperStatus
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
FixedtoOff
On
02
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Slippaperselected
On
04
Receiptpaperselected
Off
00
Notwaitingforslip
On
08
Waitingforslip
On
10
16
FixedtoOn
Off
00
Slipleadingedgesensor:paperpreset
On
20
32
Slipleadingedgesensor:nopaper
Off
00
Sliptrailingedgesensor:paperpreset
On
40
64
Sliptrailingedgesensor:nopaper
Off
00
FixedtoOff
6
7
Real Time Request to Printer

GSSequence
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Valueofn:
DLESequence
GSETXn
or
DLEENQn
1D03n
or
1005n
293n
or
165n
1=Recoverandrestart
2=Recoverandclearbuffers
3=Cancelslipwaiting
Theprinterrespondstoarequestfromthehostspecifiedbyn.Thiscommandincludes
twosequences:GSandDLE.Theoperationsperformeddependonthevalueofn,
accordingtothefollowingparameters.
n=1:
Restartsprintingfromthebeginningofthelinewhereanerroroccurred,afterrecovering
fromtheerror.Printsettingsthatarenormallypreservedfromlinetoline,suchas
characterheightandwidth,arestillpreservedwiththiscommand.Thissequenceis
ignoredexceptwhentheprinterisbusyduetoanerrorcondition.
Ifthereceiptisselected,thiscommandwillattemptrecoveryfromaknifeerror.Other
errorsassociatedwiththereceipt,suchaspaperoutorprintheadoverheating,canbe
November 2003
183
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
recoveredfromonlybyclearingthespecificcondition,suchasloadingpaperorlettingthe
printheadcooldown.
Iftheslipisselected,thiscommandwillattemptrecoveryfromaslipmotororflipjamby
rehomingtheprintheadandwaitingforasliptobeinsertedbeforerestartingtheprint.
Othererrorsassociatedwiththeslip,suchascassettedooropen,canberecoveredfrom
onlybyclearingthespecificcondition,suchasclosingthecassettedoor.
n=2:
Recoversfromanerrorafterclearingthereceiveandprintbuffers.Printsettingsthatare
normallypreservedfromlinetoline,suchascharacterheightandwidth,arestill
preservedwiththiscommand.Thissequenceisignoredexceptwhentheprinterisbusy
duetoanerrorcondition.
Iftheslipwasselectedwhentheerroroccurred,thereceiptbecomesselectedwhenthe
buffersarecleared.Whenprintingontheslipistocontinue,theslipmustbeselected
again.
Thesameerrorrecoverypossibilitiesexistasforn=1.
n=3:
Cancelstheslipwaitingstatus.Thissequenceisignoredexceptwhentheprinteris
waitingforasliptobeinserted.
Whenslipwaitingiscanceled,thereceiveandprintbuffersareclearedandthereceiptis
selected.Whenprintingontheslipistocontinue,theslipmustbeselectedagain.
Exampleusing the GS sequence:

Exceptions:
Thecommandisignoredifnisoutofrange
AnapplicationusingtheDLEsequencemustsendENQwithin100millisecondsofDLEor
theprinterwillmisinterprettheDLEandexecuteaClearPrintercommand.Avoidthis
possibilitybyusingthe1D03nsequencethatishandledexactlythesameas1005n.
184
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Real Time Printer Status Transmission

ASCII:
GSENQ
Hexadecimal:
1D05
Decimal:
295
Transmitsonebytestatusoftheprinterinrealtime.
ValueofByte:
Bit
Status
Hex
Decimal
Function
Off
00
On
01
Receiptpaperlow
Off
00
On
02
Receiptpaperlow
Off
00
Bothreceiptandcassettedoorsclosed
On
04
Receiptorcassettedooropen
Off
00
NotbusyattheRS232Cinterface
On
08
PrinterisbusyattheRS232Cinterface
Off
00
Oneorbothcashdrawersopen
On
16
Bothcashdrawersclosed
Off
00
Paperpresentatbothslipsensors
On
20
32
Papernotpresentatoneorbothslip
sensors
Off
00
Noerrorcondition
On
40
64
Errorconditionexistsintheprinter
On
00
FixedtoOn
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H05)
November 2003
185
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Auto Status Back Commands

Select or Cancel Automatic Status Back
ASCII:
GSan
Hexadecimal:
1D61n
Decimal:
2997n
Valueofn:
StatusofASB
Enablesordisablesautomaticstatusback(ASB)andspecifiesthestatusitems.This
commandisabatchmodecommand;thatis,itisprocessedafterallpriordatainthe
receivebufferhasbeenprocessed.Theremaybeatimelagbetweentheprinterreceiving
thiscommandandchangingtheASBresponse,dependingonthereceivebufferstatus.
Ifanyofthestatusitemslistedareselected,ASBisenabledandtheprinterautomatically
transmits4statusbyteswhenevertheselectedstatuschanges.Ifnostatusisselected,ASB
isdisabled.AllfourstatusbytesaretransmittedwithoutcheckingDSR.
Iftheerrorstatusisenabled,achangeinthefollowingconditionswilltriggertheASB:
1. CashDrawer
2. ReceiptCover
3. KnifeError
4. OutofRangePrintheadTemperature
5. OutofRangeVoltage
6. PaperExhaustStatus
7. SlipPaper
Thebitsofnaredefinedinthetable.
186
Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Status for ASB
Off
On
00
01
0
1
Cashdrawerstatusdisabled.
Cashdrawerstatusenabled.
Off
On
00
02
0
2
RS232CBusystatusdisabled.
RS232CBusystatusenabled.
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Errorstatusdisabled.
Errorstatusenabled.
Off
On
00
08
0
8
Receiptpaperrollstatusdisabled.
Receiptpaperrollstatusenabled.
Undefined
Off
On
00
20
0
32
Slipdetector,slippaperstatusdisabled.
Slipdetector,slippaperstatusenabled.
Undefined
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Default:
Undefined
0(ASBdisabled)
Example:
Exceptions
Ifn=0,ASBisdisabled.
RelatedInformation
WhenAutoStatusBack(ASB)isenabledusingthiscommand,thestatustransmittedby
othercommandsandtheASBstatusaredifferentiatedaccordingtotheinformationfound
inRecognizingDatafromtheprinter,(intheRealTimeCommandssectioninthis
chapter).Thestatusbytestobetransmittedaredescribedinthefollowingfourtables.
Byte1=
Byte2=
Byte3=
Byte4=
printerinformation
errorinformation
papersensorinformation
papersensorinformation
First Byte (Printer Information)

Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Status for ASB
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Off
On
00
08
0
8
NotBusyattheRS232Cinterface.
PrinterisBusyattheRS232Cinterface.
On
10
16
Notused.Fixedtoon.
Off
On
00
20
0
32
Receiptcoverclosed.
Receiptcoveropen.
Off
On
00
40
0
64
PaperFeedButtonisnotpressed.
PaperFeedButtonispressed.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
November 2003
187
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Second Byte (Error information)

Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Status for ASB
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
NoMechanicalError
On
04
MechanicalErrorOccurred
Off
On
00
08
0
8
Noknifeerror.
Knifeerroroccurred.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
On
00
20
0
32
Nounrecoverableerror.
Unrecoverableerroroccurred.
Off
On
00
40
0
64
Norecoverableerroroccurred
Recoverableerroroccurred:
Receiptcoveropen
Cassettecoveropen
Thermalprintheadtempoutof
range.
Powersupplyvoltageoutofrange.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Third Byte (Paper Sensor Information)

Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Status for ASB
Off
On
00
01
0
1
Receiptpaperlow
Off
On
00
02
0
2
Receiptpaperlow
Off
On
00
04
0
4
Off
On
00
08
0
8
Receiptpaperpresent
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Off
On
00
20
0
32
Slipleadingedgesensor:paperpresent
Slipleadingedgesensor:nopaper
Off
On
00
40
0
64
Sliptrailingedgesensor:paperpreset
Sliptrailingedgesensor:nopaper.
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
188
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Fourth Byte (Paper Sensor Information)

Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Status for ASB
Off
00
Slippaperselected
On
01
Receiptpaperselected
Off
00
Possibletoprintinslip
On
02
Notpossibletoprintonslipbecause
noformhasbeeninserted
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Notused.Fixedtooff.
Undefined
6
7
Off
00
Undefined
Not used. Fixed to off.
November 2003
189
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Bar Code Commands

Thesefollowingdescribesthecommandsfortheprintingofbarcodesanddescribedin
theorderoftheirhexadecimalcodes.
Note: 7156firmwarecanbesetformodulewidthsinbarcodesrangingfrom2
dotsto4dotspermodule(DPM)forthenarrowmodules.Thedefaultis3DPM.
7167firmwarerangesfrom1dotpermoduleto5dotspermodule(DPM)printed
onthereceipt.Thedefaultis2DPM.
Select Printing Position for HRI Characters

ASCII:
GSHn
Hexadecimal:
1D48n
Decimal:
2972n
Valueofn:
Printingposition
0=Notprinted
1=Abovethebarcode
2=Belowthebarcode
3=Bothaboveandbelowthebarcode
Default:
0(Notprinted)
PrintsHRI(HumanReadableInterface)charactersaboveorbelowthebarcode.
Example:
190
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Pitch for HRI Characters

ASCII:
GSfn
Hexadecimal:
1D66n
Decimal:
29102n
Valueofn:
Pitch
0=StandardPitchat15.2CPIonreceipt
1=CompressedPitchat19CPIonreceipt
Default:
0(StandardPitchat15.2CPI)
SelectsstandardorcompressedfontforprintingBarCodecharacters.
Whenslipisselectedastheinterface,HRIisalwayscompressed.
Example:
Select Bar Code Height

ASCII:
GShn
Hexadecimal:
1D68n
Decimal:
29104n
Valueofn:
Numberofdots
Rangeofn:
1255
Default:
162
Setsthebarcodeheighttondotsorn/8mm(n/203inch)forreceiptor
n/8.5mm(n/216inch)forslip.
Example:
November 2003
191
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Print Bar Code
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
FirstVariation
FirstVariation:
SecondVariation
GSkmd1dkNUL
or
GSkmnd1dn
1D6Bmd1dk00
or
1D6Bmnd1dn
29107md1dk0
or
29107mnd1dn
0=Endofcommand.
Values:
StringterminatedwithNULCharacter
m=06,10
d=32126(seethetable)
n=1255(seethetable)
SelectsthebarcodetypeandprintsabarcodefortheASCIIcharactersentered.Ifthe
widthofthebarcodeexceedsoneline,thebarcodeisnotprinted.
Therearetwovariationstothiscommand.ThefirstvariationusesaNULcharacterto
terminatethestring;thesecondusesalengthbyteatthebeginningofthestringto
compensatefortheCode128barcode,whichcanacceptaNULcharacteraspartofthe
data.Withthesecondvariationthelengthofbyteisspecifiedatthebeginningofthe
string.
Fixedlengthcodescanbealignedleft,center,orrightusingtheAlignPositionscommand
(1B61).Variablelengthcodesarealwayscenteralignedin7156Emulation.Thisfunction
isapplicabletothereceiptstationonly.Barcodesontheslipstationarealwaysright
justified.
ThecheckdigitiscalculatedforUPCandJAN(EAN)codesifitisnotsentfromthehost
computer.SixcharacterzerosuppressedUPCEtagsaregeneratedfromfull11or12
characterssentfromthehostcomputeraccordingtostandardUPCErules.Start/Stop
charactersareaddedforCode39iftheyarenotincluded.
192
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Bar Code
n, Length
UPCA
4857(ASCIInumerals)
FixedLength:11,12
UPCE
4857
FixedLength:11,12
JAN13(EAN13)
4857
FixedLength:12,13
JAN8(EAN8)
4857
FixedLength:7,8
Code39
4857,
6590(ASCIIalphabet),
32,36,37,43,45,46,47
(ASCIIspecialcharacters)
d1=dk=42(start/stop
codeissuppliedby
printerifnecessary)
VariableLength
Interleaved2of5
(ITF)
4857
VariableLength
(EvenNumber)
CODABAR
VariableLength
(NW7)
6568,startcode
4857,36,43,45,46,47,58
PDF417
1255
VariableLength
7158NativeMode
and7167Native
Mode
10
(7158NativeMode
and7167Native
Mode)
SecondVariation:LengthofByteSpecifiedatBeginningofString
m=
6573,75(seethetable)
d=
0127(seethetable)
n=
1255(seethetable)
Thevalueofmselectsthebarcodesystemasdescribedinthetable.Whendataispresent
intheprintbuffer,theprinterprocessesthedatafollowingmasnormaldata.
Thevariabledindicatesthecharactercodetobeencodedintothespecifiedbarcode
system.Seethetable.Ifcharactercodedcannotbeencoded,theprinterprintsthebarcode
dataprocessedsofar,andthefollowingdataistreatedasnormaldata.
November 2003
193
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Bar Code
n, Length
65
UPCA
4857(ASCIInumerals)
FixedLength:11,12
66
UPCE
4857
FixedLength:11,12
67
JAN13(EAN13)
4857
FixedLength:12,13
68
JAN8(EAN8)
4857
FixedLength:7,8
69
CODE39
4857,6590(ASCII
alphabet),
32,36,37,43,45,46,47
(ASCIIspecialcharacters)
d1=dn=42(start/stop
codeissuppliedby
printerifnecessary)
Variable
70
Interleaved2of5
(ITF)
4857
Variable
(EvenNumber)
71
CODABAR
Variable
(NW7)
6568,startcode4857,
36,43,45,46,47,58
72
Code93
0127
Variable
(7158NativeMode
and7167Native
Modeonly)
73
Code128
0105
d1=103105(mustbea
Startcode)
d2=0102(databytes)
(Stopcodeisprovidedby
theprinter)
Variable
75
PDF417
0255
VariableLength
(7158NativeMode
onlyand7167
NativeMode)
Example:
MSComm1.Output=Chr$(&H1D)&Chr$(&H6B)&Chr$(m)&123456789012&Chr$(0)
Theabovecommandwillprintthenumberaboveorbelowthebarcode,dependingon
whichparameterformthatspecify.
Exceptions:
Illegaldatacancelsthiscommand.
Thecommandisvalidonlyatthebeginningofaline.
PDF417formatcannotbeprintedontheslip.
BarcodesontheSliparealwaysrightjustified.
194
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
PDF417andCode93areonlyavailablein7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode.
November 2003
195
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Bar Code Width

ASCII:
GSwn
Hexadecimal:
1D77n
Decimal:
29119n
Valueofn:
Default:
1,2,3,4,5
3forreceipt;2forslip
Setsthebarcodewidthtondots.
Formulas:
n+1/8mm(n+1/203inch)forreceipt,n+1/5.7mm(n+1/144inch)forslip.
Slipmodulesizing:nmustbeeven(itisroundedupifodd)andthesizeofmodulesisn+
1/5.7mm(n+1/144inch).
Example:
196
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Page Mode Commands

PageModeisoneoftwomodes,whichthe7167printerusestooperate.StandardModeis
typicalofhowmostprintersoperatebyprintingdataasitisreceivedandfeedingpaperas
thevariouspaperfeedcommandsarereceived.PageModeisdifferentinthatitprocesses
orpreparesthedataasapageinmemorybeforeitprintsit.Thinkofthisasavirtual
page.Thepagecanbeanyareawithincertainparametersthatyoudefine.Oncetheprinter
receivesthe(0x0C)command,itprintsthepageandreturnstheprintertoStandardMode.
TheSelectPageModecommand(1B4C)putstheprinterintoPageMode.Anycommands
thatarereceivedareinterpretedasPageModecommands.Severalcommandsreact
differentlywheninStandardModeandPageMode.Thedescriptionsoftheseindividual
commandsinthischapterindicatethedifferencesinhowtheyoperateinthetwomodes.
Limitations
Pagemodeisonlyimplementedonthereceiptstationin7158NativeModeand7167
NativeModeonly.
Print and Return to Standard Mode

ASCII:
FF
Hexadecimal:
0C
Decimal:
12
TheprocesseddataisprintedandtheprinterreturnstoStandardMode.Thedeveloped
dataisdeletedafterbeingprinted.ThiscommandhasthesamecodeasthePrintandEject
Slipcommand,whichisexecutedwhentheprinterisnotinPageMode.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThiscommandisenabledonlyinPageMode.
November 2003
197
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Cancel Print Data in Page Mode

ASCII:
CAN
Hexadecimal:
18
Decimal:
24
Deletesallthedatatobeprintedinthepagearea.Anydatafromthepreviouslyselected
pageareathatisalsopartofthecurrentdatatobeprintedisdeleted.
ThiscommandhasthesamecodeastheOpenFormcommand,whichisperformedwhen
theprinterisnotinPageMode.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThiscommandisonlyusedinPageMode.
Print Data in Page Mode

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
ESCFF
1B0C
2712
Collectivelyprintsallbuffereddataintheprintingarea.
Afterprinting,theprinterdoesnotclearthebuffereddataandsetsvaluesforSelectPrint
DirectioninPageMode(1B54n)andSetPrintAreainPageMode(1B57),andsetsthe
positionforbufferingcharacterdata.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThiscommandenabledonlyinPageMode.
198
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Page Mode

ASCII:
ESCL
Hexadecimal:
1B4C
Decimal:
2776
SwitchesfromStandardModetoPageMode.Afterprintinghasbeencompletedeitherby
thePrintandReturntoStandardMode(FF)commandorSelectStandardMode(1B53)the
printerreturnstoStandardMode.Thedevelopeddataisdeletedafterbeingprinted.
ThiscommandsetsthepositionwheredataisbufferedtothepositionspecifiedbySelect
PrintDirectioninPageMode(1B54)withintheprintingareadefinedbySetPrintAreain
PageMode(1B57).
Thiscommandswitchesthesettingsforthefollowingcommands(whichvaluescanbeset
independentlyinStandardModeandPageMode)tothoseforPageMode.
1. SetRightSideCharacterSpacing(1B20)
2. Select1/6InchLineSpacing(1B32)
4. ItispossibleonlytosetvaluesforthefollowingcommandsinPageMode.These
commandsarenotexecuted.
5. SelectorCancel90DegreeClockwiseRotation(1B56)
6. SelectJustification(1B61)
7. SelectorCancelUpsideDownPrinting(1B7B).
8. SetLeftMargin(1D4C)
9. SetPrintAreaWidth(1D57)
Example:
Exceptions:
Thecommandisenabledonlywheninputatthebeginningofaline.
ThecommandisavailableonlywhenthereceiptisselectedbySelectPaper
(1B6330).
ThecommandhasnoeffectifPageModehaspreviouslybeenselected.
TheSelectPaper(1B6330)commandcannotbeusedinPageMode.
In7156EmulationMode,(1B4C)isusedfordoubledensitygraphics.
November 2003
199
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Standard Mode

ASCII:
ESCS
Hexadecimal:
1B53
Decimal:
2783
SwitchesfromPageModetoStandardMode.InswitchingfromPageModetoStandard
Mode,databufferedinPageModeiscleared,theprintingareasetbySetPrintAreain
PageMode(1B57)isinitializedandtheprintpositionissettothebeginningoftheline.
Thiscommandswitchesthesettingsforthefollowingcommands(thevaluesforthese
commandscanbesetindependentlyinStandardModeandPageMode)tothosefor
StandardMode:
1. SetRightSideCharacterSpacing(1B20)
2. Select1/6InchLineSpacing(1B32)
StandardModeisautomaticallyselectedwhenpoweristurnedon,theprinterisreset,or
theInitializePrintercommand(1B40)isused.
Example:
Exceptions:
ThiscommandiseffectiveonlyinPageMode.
200
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Print Direction in Page Mode

ASCII:
ESCTn
Hexadecimal:
1B54n
Decimal:
2784n
Valueofn:
Startposition
0
Upperleftcornerproceedingacrosspagetotheright(A)
Lowerleftcornerproceedingupthepage(B)
Lowerrightcornerproceedingacrosspagetotheleft(upside
down)(C)
Upperrightcornerproceedingdownpage(D)
A,B,CandDnotethedirectionofofprint.Seeillustration.
SelectstheprintingdirectionandstartpositioninPageMode.Seetheillustration.
Thecommandcanbesentmultipletimessothatseveraldifferentprintareas,alignedin
differentprintdirections,canbedevelopedintheprinterspagebufferbeforebeing
printedbytheEjectSlipcommand(0C).
Default:
0(Upperleftcornerproceedingacrosspagetotheright)
Example:
Exceptions:
ThiscommandisvalidonlyinPageMode.
November 2003
201
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Thiscommandisignoredifthevalueofnisoutofthespecifiedrange.
Set Printing Area in Page Mode

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Range:
Default:
ESCWn1,n2...n8.]
1B57n1,n2...n8]
2787n1,n2...n8]
0255
n14=0
n5=64
n6=2
n7=64
n8=2
SetsthepositionandsizeoftheprintingareainPageMode.
Thecommandcanbesentmultipletimessothatseveraldifferentprintareas,alignedin
differentprintdirections,canbedevelopedintheprinterspagebufferbeforebeing
printedbytheEjectSlipcommand(0C).
Defaultsequalanoriginof0,0andasizeof576x576.Thiscommandisallowedinany
mode.
Formulas:
Thestartingpositionoftheprintareaistheupperleftoftheareatobeprinted(x0,y0).
Thelengthoftheareatobeprintedintheydirectionissettodyinches.Thelengthofthe
areatobeprintedinthexdirectionissettodxinches.Usetheequationstodeterminethe
Valueofx0,y0,dx,anddy.
Seetheillustrationforagraphicrepresentationoftheprintingarea.Formoreinformation
aboutthefundamentalcalculationpitch,seetheSetFundamentalCalculationPitch
command(1D50).
1. x0=[(n1+n2x256)x(horizontaldirectionofthefundamentalcalculationpitch)]
2. y0=[(n3+n4x256)x(verticaldirectionofthefundamentalcalculationpitch)]
3. dx=[(n5+n6x256)x(horizontaldirectionofthefundamentalcalculationpitch)]
4. dy=[(n7+n8x256)x(verticaldirectionofthefundamentalcalculationpitch)]
5. Keepthefollowingnotesinmindforthiscommand.
202
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
6. Thefundamentalcalculationpitchdependsontheverticalorhorizontaldirection.
7. Themaximumprintableareainthexdirectionis576/203inches.
8. Themaximumprintableareaintheydirectionis2000/203inches.
Firsttheprintermustbesettopagemode,thenthefollowingcommandshouldbesent.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H57) & Chr$(&H40) & Chr$(&H0) & Chr$(&H40) &
Chr$(&H0) & Chr$(&H40) & Chr$(&H1) & Chr$(&H40) & Chr$(&H1)
Exception:
ThiscommandiseffectiveonlyinPageMode.
Set Absolute Vertical Print Position in Page Mode

ASCII:
GS$nLnH
Hexadecimal:
1D24nLnH
Decimal:
2936nLnH
Formulas:
[(nL+nHX256)x(verticalorhorizontalmotionunit)]inches.
Setstheabsoluteverticalprintstartingpositionforbuffercharacterdatain
PageMode.
Theverticalorhorizontalmotionunitforthepaperrollisusedandthehorizontalstarting
bufferpositiondoesnotmove.
ThereferencestartingpositionissetbySelectPrintDirectioninPageMode
(1B54).Thissetstheabsolutepositionintheverticaldirectionwhenthestartingposition
issettotheupperleftorlowerright;andsetstheabsolutepositioninthehorizontal
directionwhenthestartingpositionissettotheupperrightorlowerleft.Thehorizontal
andverticalmotionunitarespecifiedbytheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotion
Units(1D50)command.
TheSetHorizontalandVerticalMinimumMotionUnits(1D50)commandcanbeusedto
changethehorizontalandverticalmotionunit.However,thevaluecannotbelessthanthe
minimumhorizontalmovementamount,anditmustbeinevenunitsoftheminimum
horizontalmovementamount.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H24) & Chr$(nL) & Chr$(nH)
Exceptions:
ThiscommandiseffectiveonlyinPageMode.Ifthe[(nL+nHx256)x(verticalor
horizontalmotionunit)]exceedsthespecifiedprintingarea,thiscommandisignored.
November 2003
203
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Set Relative Vertical Print Position in Page Mode

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GS\nLnH
1D5CnLnH
2992nLnH
Setstherelativeverticalprintstartingpositionfromthecurrentposition.Thiscommand
canalsochangethehorizontalandverticalmotionunit.Theunitofhorizontalandvertical
motionisspecifiedbythiscommand.
Thiscommandfunctionsasfollows,dependingontheprintstartingpositionsetbySelect
PrintDirectioninPageMode(1B54):
When the starting position is set to the upper left or lower left of the printing area, the vertical motion
unit (y) is used.
When the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the printing area, the horizontal
motion unit (x) is used.
Value:
Thevalueforthehorizontalandverticalmovementcannotbelessthantheminimum
horizontalmovementamount,andmustbeinevenunitsoftheminimumhorizontal
movementamount.
Formulas:
Thedistancefromthecurrentpositionissetto[(nL+nHx256)xverticalorhorizontal
motionunit]inches.Theamountofmovementiscalculatedonlyforthereceipt.
Whenpitchnisspecifiedtothemovementdownward:
nL + nH x 256 = n
Whenpitchnisspecifiedtothemovementupward(thenegativedirection),usethe
complementof65536.
Whenpitchnisspecifiedtothemovementupward:
nL + nH x 256 65536 N
Exceptions:
ThiscommandisusedonlyinPageMode,otherwiseitisignored.
Anysettingthatexceedsthespecifiedprintingareaisignored.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H5C) & Chr$(nL) & Chr$(nH)
204
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Macro Commands
Thesecommandsareusedtoselectandperformauserdefinedsequenceofprinter
operations.
Start or End Macro Definition

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GS:
1D3A
2958
Startsorendsmacrodefinition.Macrodefinitionbeginswhenthiscommandisreceived
duringnormaloperationandendswhenthiscommandisreceivedduringmacro
definition.Themacrodefinitioniscleared,duringdefinitionofthemacro,whenthe
ExecuteMacro(1D5E)commandisreceived.
Normalprintingoccurswhilethemacroisdefined.Whenthepoweristurnedonthe
macroisnotdefined.
ThedefinedcontentsofthemacroarenotclearedbytheInitializePrinter (1B40),thus,
theInitializePrinter(1B40)commandmaybeusedaspartofthemacrodefinition.
IftheprinterreceivesasecondSelectorCancelMacroDefinition(1D3A)command
immediatelyafterpreviouslyreceivingaSelectorCancelMacroDefinition(1D3A)the
printerremainsinthemacroundefinedstate.
Formulas:
Thecontentsofthemacrocanbedefinedupto2048bytes.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H3A)
Exceptions:
Ifthemacrodefinitionexceeds2048bytes,excessdataisnotstored.
November 2003
205
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Execute Macro
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GS^rtm
1D5Ertm
2994rtm
Valueofr:
Thenumberoftimestoexecutethemacro.
Valueoft:
Thewaitingtimeforexecutingthemacro.
Valueofm:
Macroexecutingmode
0(Bit0):
TheMacroexecutesrtimescontinuously
withwaitingtimespecifiedbyt.
1(Bit0):
Theprinterwaitsforfeedbuttontobe
pressedafterwaitingfortheperiod
specifiedbyt.Ifthebuttonispressed,
theprinterexecutesthemacroonce.The
printerrepeatstheoperationrtimes.
Executesamacro.AfterwaitingforaspecifiedperiodtheLEDindicatorsblinkandthe
printerwaitsforthePaperFeedButtontobepressed.Afterthebuttonispressed,the
printerexecutesthemacroonce.Theprinterrepeatsthisoperationthenumberofspecified
times.
WhenthemacroisexecutedbypressingthePaperFeedButton(m=1),papercannotbe
fedbyusingthePaperFeedButton.
Formulas:
Thewaitingtimeistx100msecforeverymacroexecution.
mspecifiesmacroexecutingmodewhentheLSB(Leastsignificantbit)m=0
ThemacroexecutesrtimescontinuouslyattheintervalspecifiedbytwhentheLSB(Least
significantbit)ofm=1.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H5E) & Chr$(r) & Chr$(t) & Chr$(m)
Exceptions:
Ifthiscommandisreceivedwhileamacroisbeingdefined,themacrodefinitionisaborted
andthedefinitioniscleared.
Ifthemacroisnotdefinedorifris0,nothingisexecuted.
206
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
MICR Commands
MICR Reading
ThesecommandscontroltheMagneticInkCharacterRecognition(MICR)checkreader,
includinghowitparsesthecharacterstringsonchecks.
Thesection,MICRParsing,describeshowtocreateaparsingformatandhowtocreate
andmaintainanExceptionstable.
Read MICR Data and Transmit

ASCII:
ESCw1
Hexadecimal:
1B7701
Decimal:
271191
Default:
Alldatareturned
ReadsandtransmitstheMICRdataandaddsaCarriageReturn(0x0D).Ifnoparsing
formatisselectedwitheitheroftheDefineParsingFormatcommands(seebelow),alldata
willbereturned,whichisthedefault.
Example:
Reread MICR Data

ASCII:
ESCwR
Hexadecimal:
1B7752
Decimal:
2711982
ResendsthepreviouslydecodedMICRdatatothehost.
Example:
November 2003
207
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
MICR Parsing
ThissectiondescribesMICRparsingindetailandincludesseveralexamplesofuseful
parsingvariations.Italsodescribeshowtocreateaparsingformatandhowtocreateand
maintainanexceptiontable.
Define Parsing Format, Save in NVRAM

ASCII:
ESCwPd1d2dnCR
Hexadecimal:
1B7750d1d2dn0D
Decimal:
2711980d1d2dn13
Definesandsavesparsingformat.SeeParsingParameterStringOptionsinthisdocument.
Sendwiththiscommandtheparsedatathatistobethedefaultparsestringatprinter
powerup.Ifnoparametersareselected,parsingisnotperformed.
d1throughdnaretheparsestring.ThestringmustbeCRterminated.Ifthestringhas
invalidcharactersinitoristoolong,theprinterwillstoreanullstring,andrawMICR
datawillbereturned.
Seesampleparsingexamples
Define Parsing Format, Do Not Save Permanently

ASCII:
ESCwpd1d2dnCR
Hexadecimal:
1B7770d1d2dnCR
Decimal:
27119112d1d2dnCR
Defines,butdoesnotsaveparsingformat.SeeParsingParameterStringOptionsinthis
document.Sendthiscommandasoftenasdesiredtochangethepreviousparseformat
string.Thedatasentwith1B7750willberestoredatpowerup.
d1throughdnaretheparsestring.ThestringmustbeCRterminated.Ifthestringhas
invalidcharactersinitoristoolong,theprinterwillstoreanullstring,andrawMICR
datawillbereturned.
Seeexamplesofparsing
Exceptions:
Ifnoparametersareselected,parsingisnotperformed.
208
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Parsing Parameter String Options

VariableLengthFields
Variable Length Field Name
Selector
Comments
TransitNumber
Full9digitrouting/transitnumber
BankNumber
Digits48oftransitnumber
CheckDigit
Digit9oftransitnumber
AccountNumber
CheckSerialNumber
Separatefromaccountnumber
Amount
Thisfieldmaynotbepresentor
readable
Variable Length Field Optional

Modifiers
Selector
Comments
Zerofilltolength
ASCIIzeroprecedingmaximum
length
Maximumlength
nn
1or2digitASCIInumber
Removespace/dash
Replacespace/dashwith0
Examples of Variable Length Field Format Specifications
Account#,allcharactersinthefield,keepspacesanddashes
Account#,allcharactersinthefield,replacespacesanddashes
xA
Account#,maximum12characters,keepspacesanddashes
12A
Account#,always12characterszerofilled,removespacesand
dashes
012XA
OtherParameters
Error Number
One Digit Returned
ReadOK
Readerror:badcharacter,emptyfield
invalidlength,checkdigitinvalid
Status
Two Digits Returned
00
Noerror
01
NoMICRdata
09
Mexicancheck
08
Canadiancheck
05
Errorintransitnumber
07
Errorinaccountnumber
04
Errorincheckserialnumber
10
Businessorcommercialcheck
11
Amountfieldpresent
November 2003
209
Chapter 6: Commands
210
7167 Owners Manual
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Field Separator
'x
Fieldseparatorprecededbyasinglequote,soafield
separatoroftheletterAwouldbesentasA(0x270x41).
IfaCarriageReturnisspecifiedasaseparator(0x27
0x0D),afinalCarriageReturnmuststillterminatethe
parsingparameterstring.
Country Code
Country Code
Check Type
Un
Km
One Digit Returned
returnedifUScheck
Nothing
returnedifnotUScheck
One Digit Returned
returnedifCanadiancheck
Nothing
returnedifnotCanadiancheck
One Digit Returned
Personalcheck
Businessorcommercialcheck
Tenparametersaremorethanenoughtospecifyallvariablelengthfieldswithafield
separatoreachandotherstatusinformationthatmaybehelpfultoanapplication.More
than10parametersarenotrecommendedbecausetheyuseupspaceinnonvolatile
memory(NVRAM)availablefortheexceptiontable.
TheparsingparameterstringisstoredpackedinNVRAMstartingatword10,withthe
totalbytelengthstoredinthehighorderbyteofword10.Whilemostparameterstaketwo
bytesofNVRAM,thefollowingparameterstakeonlyonebyte:B,D,E,S,L.Noneofthe
parsingexamplesinthefollowingsectiontakemorethan14bytes(sevenwords)of
NVRAM.
Theexceptiontablestartsatword20.Iftheparsingparameterstringextendsintoword20,
thenthefirstexceptiontableentryisunavailable.
November 2003
211
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Sample Parsing Formats

Thefollowingstringsshowvarioussampleformatsthatyoucanuseassumingtheymeet
yourparsingformatneeds.Includedwiththesampleformatisadescriptionofthedata
thatisreturnedtotheapplication.
212
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
ESCwp18A<CR>
Maximum 18 characters in the account number

Final Carriage Return
ESCwp18XA<CR>
Maximum 18 characters in the account number with spaces and dashes removed
ESCwp18xA<CR>
Maximum 18 characters in the account number with spaces and dashes replaced with 0
ESCwp018A<CR>
Always 18 characters in the account number (high order zero-filled if necessary)

ESCwp018XA<CR>
Always 18 characters in the account number with spaces and dashes removed
ESCwp018xA<CR>
Always 18 characters in the account number with spaces and dashes replaced with 0
ESCwpT18XA04C<CR>
All characters in the transit number

All characters in the account number (up to 18) with spaces and dashes removed
Always four characters in the check number (zero-filled if check number is only three characters
long)
ESCwpK9XT18XA04C<CR>
Canadian check: dash in transit number removed; 9 inserted at beginning, resulting in a fully
numeric nine character transit number
All nine characters in the transit number (because there are no dashes)
All characters in the account number (up to 18) with spaces and dashes removed
Always four characters in the check number (zero-filled if check number is only three characters
long)
ESCwpT/A/C/S<CR>
All characters in the transit number

Field separator: /
All characters in the account number
Field separator: /
November 2003
213
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
All characters in the check number

Field separator: /
Two-digit status
Notes
AllparametersareASCIIcharacters,i.e.greaterthanorequalto0x20,withtheexception
ofanonASCIIcharacterenclosedinsinglequotesasafieldseparator.Thisappliesboth
toparameterspecificationssentfromapplicationtoprinter,andtoMICRdatareturned
fromprintertoapplication.
Parametersarepositional;theirorderintheparameterstringistheorderinwhichthe
parsedMICRdatawillbereturned.Unrecognizedparameterswillbeignored,and
processingoftheparsingparameterswillstop.Anydataremainingaftertheunrecognized
parameterwillbetreatedasnormalinputdata.
Ifparametersarenotdefined(forexample,1B7750<CR>or1B7770<CR>)parsingisnot
selected.OnestatusbytefollowedbyalldecodedMICRcharacterswillbereturned.This
isthedefaultparsingformatifnootherisselected:
Status
Status Byte Value
Goodread,datafollows
0x00
Badread,datafollows
0x01
Nocheckpresent,nodata
0x02
Paperjam,nodata
0x03
NoMICRcharacters,no
data
0x04
MICR Characters
ASCII
Hexadecimal
Numerics
0...9
0x30...0x39
UnrecognizedCharacter
0x3F
Space
0x20
Amountsymbol
&
0x26
Dashsymbol
0x27
onussymbol
0x28
Transitsymbol
0x29
214
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Onceaparsingformatisspecified,thefollowingvaluesarereturned:
MICR Characters
ASCII
Hexadecimal
Numerics
0...9
0x30...0x39
Space
0x20
Dash
0x2D
Fieldseparator*
Countrycode*
*Asspecifiedintheparsingparameterstring
Check Serial Number

ParsingtheCheckSerialNumber
Mostbanksprintthecheckserialnumberinthreeeasilyrecognizablespots.Theprinter
firmwarewilllookforthenumberinthesespots,usingthefollowingorderedalgorithm.
Theexamplesuseletterstorepresentsymbolsonthecheck:
t
Transitsymbol
onussymbol
Amountsymbol
Dash
Checkserialnumber
Anyothernumber
Anumberbracketedbyonussymbolsintheauxiliaryonusfieldisthecheckserial
number.
occcccco txxxxxxxxxt xxxxxxxxo
Otherwise,athreeormoredigitnumbertotherightoftherightmostonussymbol,and
totheleftoftheleftmostamountsymbolifanamountfieldispresent,isthecheckserial
number.
txxxxxxxxxt xxxxxxxxo cccc
txxxxxxxxxt xxxxxxxxo cccc $xxxxxx$
Ifbothofthesesearchesfailtoproducethecheckserialnumber,extractthewholeaccount
numberfieldfrombetweentherightmosttransitsymbolandtherightmostonus
symbol.Athree,four,orfivedigitnumbertotherightoftherightmosttransitsymbol,
separatedbyaspaceoradashfromtherestoftheaccountnumberisthecheckserial
number.
txxxxxxxxxt cccc xxxxxxxxo
txxxxxxxxxt cccc-xxxxxxxxo
txxxxxxxxxt cccc xxxxxxxxo xx
Ifallofthesesearchesfailtoproducethedistinctcheckserialnumber,andthecheckserial
numberfieldhasbeenspecifiedintheparsingparameterstringoptions,nocheckserial
numberwillbereturned.Ifitisimbeddedwithintheaccountnumberfield,itwillbe
returnedaspartofthatvariablelengthfield.
November 2003
215
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Exceptions
Somebanksprintthecheckserialnumberinalocationthatcannotbeelectronically
distinguishedwithoutspecificexceptioninformation,althoughitcanbevisually
distinguishedbecauseitisrepeatedintheupperrightcornerofthecheck.Forthesecases,
theprintercanholduptonineexceptionsforspecificbanksinitsnonvolatilememory
(NVRAM),whichisaccessedbythereadandwriteNVRAMcommands.Thespecificbank
ispickedoutbyitstransitnumber,andthefirmwarewilllookintheexceptiontablefora
transitnumbermatchbeforelookinginthenormalcheckserialnumberlocations.
Inthisexample,withoutanexceptiontableentry,thefirmwarewouldalwayspickthe
rightmostfourdigitnumberasthecheckserialnumberfollowingruletwoabove.The
bankwiththethreedigitcheckserialnumberandthefourdigitextensionaftertheon
ussymbolwouldneedtobeexceptionallyrecognized:
txxxxxxxxxt ccc-xxxxxxxxxxoxxxx
txxxxxxxxxt xxx-xxxxxxxxxxocccc
Inthisexample,withoutanexceptiontableentry,thefirmwarewouldnotbeabletopick
outthecheckserialnumberbecauseitisnotseparatedfromtherestoftheaccount
number:
txxxxxxxxxt ccccxxxxxxxxxxo
Inthisexample,withoutanexceptiontableentry,thefirmwarewouldnotbeabletopick
outthecheckserialnumbercorrectly,becauseitisimbeddedwithintherestoftheaccount
number:
txxxxxxxxxt xxx-ccc-xxxxxxxxxxo
LoadingtheExceptionTable
Theexceptiontablebeginsatword20inNVRAM.Eachentrytakesfivewords.Thereis
roomforeightexceptionswithasumcheckwritteninthelastword.Anapplicationcan
loadlocalexceptionsintotheprinterusingthewriteNVRAMcommand:
0x1B0x73n1n2k
whichwritesthetwobytewordn1:n2towordkinNVRAM.
Exception Table Entry Format

Eachexceptiontableentryconsistsoffivewords.Thefirsttwowordscontainthefirst
eightcharactersofthetransitnumberbypackingthelowordernibbleofthenumeric
transitnumbercharacters.ForCanadianchecks,eliminatethedashandstoretheeight
numerics.
Thenextthreewordsareusedassixindividualbytestotellthefirmwarehowtointerpret
theMICRcharactersthatfalltotherightoftherightmosttransitsymbol.Eachofthesix
bytesispositionalandconsistsoftwoparts:charactertypeandnumber.
Thethreehighorderbitsofeachbytemarkthecharactertype.Thecharacterscanbe
markedinthreeways:checkserial#character,account#character,orskipthischaracter
orsymbol.
216
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Thefiveloworderbitsofeachbytecontainthenumberofcharactersofthattypeto
extract.Mostexceptionswillnotneedtouseallsixbytes;inthatcasecleartheunused
bytestozero.
November 2003
217
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Bits within Byte
checkserial#characterstring
account#characterstring
characterstringtoignore
Example1
t123456780t12349876543210o
9876543210istheaccount#
1234isthecheckserial#
Toloadthesecondtableentry,whichstartsatword25,thetransitnumber123456780
wouldbestoredinthefirsttwowordsofitstableentryusingthisstringofcommands:

0x1B0x730x120x3425
0x1B0x730x560x7826
Aftertherighttransitsymbolareimmediatelythefourcharactersofthecheckserial#,
followedimmediatelybythetencharactersoftheaccountnumber.Thesewouldbe
bitwiseencodedas:
00100100 (check#,fourcharacters)
and
01001010 (account#,10characters)
thenstoredintheotherthreewordsofthetableentryusing:

0x1B0x730x240x4A27
0x1B0x730x000x0028
0x1B0x730x000x0029
Example2
t22137632t0016042202o927540
6042202istheaccount#
2754isthecheckserial#
Toloadthethirdtableentry,whichstartsatword30,thetransitnumber2137632would
bestoredinthefirsttwowordsofitstableentryusingthisstringofcommands:

0x1B0x730x220x1330
0x1B0x730x760x3231
Aftertherighttransitsymbolarefourcharacterstoskip,asevendigitaccountnumber,
twocharacterstoskip,andfinallyafourdigitcheckserial#.Thefinalcharactertoskip
neednotbeencoded.Thesewouldbebitwiseencodedas:
10000100
01000111
10000010
00100100
(skipfourcharacters)
(account#,sevencharacters)
(skiptwocharacters)
(check#,fourcharacters)
thenstoredintheotherthreewordsofthetableentryusing:

218
0x1B0x730x840x4732
0x1B0x730x820x2433
0x1B0x730x000x0034.
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Maintaining the Exception Table

PresentcontentsoftheexceptiontablecanbeexaminedusingthereadNVRAM
command:

0x1B0x6Ak
whichreadsandreturnswordkinNVRAM.Whentheexceptiontableisfull,anewentry
canreplaceanolder,lessfrequentlyusedentry,bymerelyrewritingthewordsforthat
tableentry.
Check Flip Command

Check Flip Command
ASCII:
ESCwF
Hexadecimal:
1B7746
Decimal:
2711970
Causesacheckonthesliptabletobefedintotheprinter,flippedandleftwiththetrailing
edgeofthecheckintheslipfeedrollers.Priortotheflip,thecheckismeasuredtoseethat
itisofanappropriatesize(seeAppendixB)tobeflipped.Ifnot,thecheckisfedbackto
theuser.
Example:
Exception:
Thiscommandisavailableonlyin7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode.
User Data Storage Commands

Write to User Data Storage
ASCII:
ESCma0a1a2d1...dm
Hexadecimal:
1B27ma0a1a2d1...dm
Decimal:
2739ma0a1a2d1...dm
Valueofm:
0255
WritesmbytesofdatatotheUserDataStorageFlashPageattheaddressspecified.The
printerwaitsformbytesofdatafollowingthe3byteaddress,addr.
Ifanyofthememorylocationsaddressedbythiscommandarenotcurrentlyerased,the
commandisnotexecuted.
November 2003
219
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Example:
Chr$(&H0) & "Hello"
TheabovecommandwritesthewordHellototheUserDataStorageFlashPage.
Read from User Data Storage

ASCII:
ESC4ma0a1a2
Hexadecimal:
1B34ma0a1a2
Decimal:
2752ma0a1a2
Valueofm:
0255
ReadsmbytesofdatafromtheUserDataStorageFlashPageattheaddressspecified.
Example:
Chr$(&H0)
220
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Read from Non-Volatile Memory

ASCII:
ESCjk
Hexadecimal
:
1B6Ak
Decimal:
27106k
Rangeofk:
2063(decimal)
ReadsatwobytewordfromlocationkinthehistoryEEROM.Theprinterreturnsthe
wordatthenextavailableopportunity.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H6A) & Chr$(k)
Write to Non-Volatile Memory (NVRAM)

ASCII:
ESCsn1n2k
Hexadecimal:
1B73n1n2k
Decimal:
27115n1n2k
Valueofn1:
1stByte
Valueofn2:
2ndByte
Rangeofk:
2063(decimal)
Writesthetwobyteword,n1n2,tolocationkinhistoryEEROM.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H73) & Chr$(n1) & Chr$(&Hn2k)
November 2003
221
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Select Memory Type (SRAM/Flash) Where to Save Logos or User-Defined

Fonts
ASCII:
GSn
Hexadecimal:
1D22n
Decimal:
2934n
Valueofn:
4851
SpecifieswhethertoloadthelogosoruserdefinedcharacterstoFlashMemoryortoRAM
(volatilememory).Theselectionremainsineffectuntilitischangedviathiscommandor
untilthepowercycles.
n=48(ASCIIn=0)
LoadsactivelogotoRAMonly.Thisisusedtoprintaspeciallogobutnothaveittakeup
FlashMemory.Alogodefinedfollowingthiscommandisnotpreservedoverapower
cycle.
n=49(ASCIIn=1)
LoadsactivelogotoFlashMemory.ThisisthedefaultconditionforlogoFlashstorage.A
logodefinedfollowingthiscommandisstoredinFlashMemory.
n=50(ASCIIn=2)
LoadsuserdefinedcharacterstoRAMonly.Thisisthedefaultconditionforuserdefined
characterstorage.Anyuserdefinedcharactersdefinedfollowingthiscommandarenot
preservedoverapowercycle.
n=51(ASCIIn=3)LoadsuserdefinedcharacterstoFlashMemory.Anapplicationmust
usethiscommandtostoreuserdefinedcharactersinFlashMemory.Anyuserdefined
charactersdefinedfollowingthiscommandarestoredinFlashMemory.Auserdefined
charactercannotberedefinedinFlashMemory.TheFlashMemorypagemustbeerased
byanapplicationbeforeredefininguserdefinedcharacters.Formoreinformation,seethe
EraseUserFlashSector(1D40n)command.
Example:
222
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Flash Allocation
ASCII:
GSUn1n
Hexadecimal:
1D2255n1n2
Decimal:
293485n1n2
DefaultValue 1(seebelow)
ofn1:
DefaultValue 1(seebelow)
ofn2:
n1isthenumberof64ksectorsusedforlogosanduserdefinedcharacters.
n2isthenumberof64ksectorsusedforuserdatastorage.
ThiscommandsetstheallocationofFlashsectorsbetweenuserdatastorageand
logos/userdefinedcharacters.ThisallocationissavedintheEEPROMoftheprinterandis
thereforesavedacrosspowercycles.
n1+n2<=6(3M)
The7167hasbeenconfiguredatthefactorywith2MofFlashmemory.Ifn1+n2isgreater
thanthemaximumnumberofsectorsavailable,thecommandisignored.Reissuingthis
commandwithdifferentparameterswilleraseallsectors.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H22) & Chr$(&H55) & Chr$(&Hn1) & Chr$(Hn2)
Exception:
Thisiscommandisavailableonlyin7158NativeModeand7167NativeMode.
November 2003
223
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Erase User Flash Sector

GS @ n
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Value of n:
1D 40 n
29 64 n
49 - 50
ErasesapageofFlashMemoryandsendsacarriagereturnwhentheoperationis
complete.
n=49(ASCIIn=1)
Thiscommanderasesallsectorsavailableforuserdefinedcharactersandmultiplelogos.
Thepageshouldbeerasedintwosituations:whenthelogodefinitionareaisfullandan
applicationisattemptingtodefinenewlogos,andwhenanapplicationwantstoreplace
oneuserdefinedcharactersetwithanother.Inbothcases,alllogosandcharacterset
definitionsareerasedandmustberedefined.
n=50(ASCIIn=2)
Thiscommanderasesallsectorsavailableforuserdatastorage.
Important:WhileerasingFlashMemory,theprinterdisablesallinterrupts,including
communications.Toprovidefeedbacktotheapplication,theprinterrespondstothe
applicationwhentheeraseiscomplete.AftersendingtheEraseUserFlashSector(1D40n)
command,anapplicationshouldwaitfortheresponsefromtheprinterbeforesending
data.Otherwise,datawillbelost.Ifanapplicationisunabletoreceivedata,itshouldwait
aminimumoffivesecondsaftersendingtheEraseUserFlashSector(1D40n)command
beforesendingdata.
Example:
224
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Printer Setting Change

ASCII:
USDC1[mn],[mn],[mn]0FFH
Hexadecimal:
1F11[mn],[mn],[mn]0FFH
Decimal:
3117[mn],[mn],[mn]0FFH
Valueofm,n:
m
(Hex)
Function
n
(Hex)
Function
10
Interfacetype
00
USB/RS232C
01
RS232C
02
USB
00
115200bps
01
57600bps
02
38400bps
03
19200bps
04
9600bps
05
4800bps
06
2400bps
07
1200bps
00
8databits
01
7databits
00
1stopbits
01
2stopbits
00
Noparity
01
Evenparity
11
12
13
14
Baudrate
Numberofdatabit
Numberofstopbit
Parity
Oddparity
15
00
Software(XON/XOFF)
01
Hardware(DTR/DSR)
Datareceptionerrors
option
00
Ignoreerrors
01
Print?
OneLineBuffer
00
4KBuffer
19
Printer ID mode
01
00
01
02
SingleLineBuffer(64bytes)
7158 Native ID
Emulated Printer ID
7167 Native ID
20
Emulation
00
7158Nativemode
01
7156mode
16
17
Flowcontrol
November 2003
225
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
7150mode
03
7167Mode
m
(Hex)
Function
n
(Hex)
Function
21
Defaultlinesperinch
00
8.13linesperinch
01
02
7.52linesperinch
6 lines per inch
00
IgnoreCR
01
UseCRasPrintcmd.
00
Asianmodeon
01
Asianmodeoff
00
82.2mm(7167Mode)
01
120.7Conversion(7156/58Mode)
00
Enabled
01
Disabled
00
100%
01
110%
02
120%
00
Paperlowsensorenable
01
Paperlowsensordisable
00
80mm
01
58mm
00
Enableknife
01
Disableknife
00
EnableMICR
01
DisableMICR
00
Enablecheckflip
01
Disablecheckflip
00
55W
01
75W
00
Onecolorpaper
01
Twocolorpaper
22
23
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
226
02
Carriagereturnusage
Asianmode
SlipPrintWidthOption
Receiptsynchronization
Printdensity
PaperLowsensoroption
Paperwidth
Knifeoption
MICRoption
CheckFlipoption
MaxPower
ColorPaperOption
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
m
(Hex)
Function
n
(Hex)
Function
38
MICR dual pass option
00
01
Dual pass disable

Dual pass enable
40
DefaultCodepage
00
437
01
850
02
852
03
858
04
860
05
862
06
863
07
864
08
865
09
866
0A
874
0B
1252
0C
Katakana
0D
932(or936,949,950)1
00
EEPROMdefaultsetting
50
EEPROMdefaultsetting
Settheprinterconfigurationspecifiedbymandn.Theprinterisresetafterreceivingthis
commandtoactivatetheconfigurationsetting.Ifmornisoutofrange,thiscommandis
ignored.Theprinterwillwaitforthedatauntiltheterminatorcode0FFHisreceived.
Example:
The following command would set the communication baud rate to 115,200 bps.
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1F) & Chr$(&H11) & Chr$(&H11) & Chr$(&H0) & Chr$(&HFF)

November 2003
227
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Asian Character Commands3

Select print modes for Kanji characters
ASCII:
FS!n
Hexadecimal:
1C21n
Decimal:
2833n
Valueofn:
ThecharacterattributeforAsiancharacter
Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Function
Selectfont
Off
00
Undefined
Off
00
Doublewidthmodeisnotselected
On
01
Doublewidthmodeisselected
Off
00
Doubleheightmodeisnotselected
On
01
Doubleheightmodeisselected
Undefined
Undefined
Undefined
Off
00
Underlinemodeisnotselected
On
01
Underlinemodeisselected
Defaultofn:
SelectscharacterattributeforAsiancharacter.
TheunderlinemodecanbeturnedonoroffbyusingFSorESCalso.
ThethicknessofunderlineisdefinedbyFSorESC,itdoesnotrelatetocharactersize.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C) & Chr$(&H21) & Chr$(n)
These commands are not supported by model 7167-1035 and 7167-2035
228
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
FS Turn underline mode ON/OFF for Kanji

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
Valueofn:
FSn
1C2Dn
2845n
0=Cancel
1=1dotheightunderline
2=2dotheightunderline
Defaultn:
0(Cancel)
TurnunderlinemodeonoroffforAsiancharacter.
Allcharacterscouldbeunderlined,includingcharacterrightsidespacing.
UnderlinecanbeselectedbyFS!andESCalso,thelastreceivedcommandiseffective.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C) & Chr$(&H2D) & Chr$(n)
Define user-defined Kanji characters

ASCII:
FS2c1c2d1dn
Hexadecimal:
1C32c1c2d1dn
Decimal:
2850c1c2d1dn
Valueofc1:
SpecifiedthebeginningAsiancharactercode
Valueofc2:
SpecifiedtheendAsiancharactercode
Valueofd:
Imagedata
November 2003
229
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Rangeofc1,c2:
Japanese
(CP932)
F0c1F9,40c27Eand80
c2FC
Simplified
Chinese
(CP936)
A1c1A7,40c27Eand80
c2A0,AAc1AF,A1c2FE,
F8c1FE,A1c2FE
Korean
(CP949)
c1=C9andc1=FE,A1c2FE
Traditional
Chinese
(CP950)
81c1A0andFAc1FE,40
c27Eand80c2FE
C7c1C8,A1c2FE
DefinesandentersdownloadedcharactersintoRAM.Theuserdefinedcharacterwillbe
clearedbyESC@orpoweroffofprinter.Eachcharacterrequires72bytesforcharacter
definition.
Themaximumnumberofuserdefinedcharacteris100.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C) & Chr$(&H32) & Chr$(&HF0) & Chr$(&H40) & Chr$(d1) &
Chr$(dn)
Set Kanji character spacing

ASCII:
FSSn1n2
Hexadecimal:
1C53n1n2
Decimal:
2883n1n2
Valueofn1:
Ignored(0)
Valueofn2:
Characterrightsidespacingdots(1/203inch)
Defaultofn2:
1for1bytecharacter,2for2bytescharacter
SetsthecharacterrightsidespacingforcharactersinAsiancharacter.
Theunderlineisvalidonthespacesetbythiscommand.ESCSPcommandisnotvalidfor
Asiancharactercodepages.Therefore,thiscommandisusedtosetthecharacterrightside
spacingforcharactersinAsiancodepage.
230
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C) & Chr$(&H53) & Chr$(0) & Chr$(100)
FS W (Set quadruple mode ON/OFF for Kanji)

ASCII:
FSWn
Hexadecimal:
1C57n
Decimal:
2887n
Valueofn:
ThequadruplemodeforAsiancharacters.
0(Bit0)=Quadruplemodeoff
1(Bit0)=Quadruplemodeon
Defaultofn:
0(Quadruplemodeoff)
SelectsorcancelsthequadruplemodeforAsiancharacters.
FS!andGS!alsohavecontrolovercharactersize.This,latestreceivedcommandis
effective.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1C) & Chr$(&H57) & Chr$(n)
November 2003
231
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Scanner Function Commands4

pL, pH specify (pL + (pH x 256)) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and m).
Scanning Threshold FS ( g pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 (when fn = 40)

The threshold level of the scanning density is specified by this command.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Para Value
Default
FS ( g pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3
28 40 103 pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3
(pL + pH x 256) = 5 (pL =5, pH = 0)
fn = 40;m = 48;d1 = 1;d2 = 49;-128 < d3 < 127;
d3 = 0
d3
Hex
80H FEH
00H
01H 7FH
Decimal
-128 - - 1
0
1 127
Function
Specifies a density lighter than the standard density level (the
lightest density: 128)
Specifies the standard density level
Specifies a density darker than the standard density level (the
darkest density 127)
These commands are supported only by 7167-1035 and 7167-2035.
232
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Scanning Area FS ( g pL pH fn x1 y1 x2 y2 (when fn = 41)

The area on the check to be scanned is defined by this function.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn x1 y1 x2 y2
1C 28 67 pL pH fn x1 y1 x2 y2
28 40 103 pL pH fn x1 y1 x2 y2
Range (pL + pH x 256) = 5 (pL =5, pH = 0)

fn = 41
0 < x1 < 101
0 < y1 < 229
x1 < x2 < 102, x2=0
y1 < y2 < 230, y2=0
Default x1 = 0
y1 = 0
x2 = 70
y2 = 0
x1, y1 Specifies the starting point to scan.
x2, y2 specifies the end point that is to be scanned.
The possible scanning range is 102 mm (4.02) in the X direction and 230 mm (9.06) in
the Y direction.
x2 > 102 or x2 = 0 specifies the maximum scanning range (=102) in X direction
y2 > 230 specifies the maximum scanning range (=230) in Y direction
If y2 = 0, the scanning range is to the bottom of the sheet within the maximum scanning range of
230 mm.
All setting values are specified in millimeters for the distance from the origin (lower left
corner in the check).
Sample check
origin
November 2003
233
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Compression Mode FS ( g pL pH fn m n (when fn = 50)

This command sets the compression method and the file transmission format for the image data.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn m n
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m n
28 40 103 pL pH fn m n
Range
pL + pH x 256 = 3 (pL =3, pH = 0)
fn = 50
m = 48, 49
n = 48, 49, 50 (when m = 48)
n = 48, 49 (when m = 49)
Default
m = 49, n = 48
Compression Method
48
No Compression
48
49
50
49
Compress ON, if B/W

mode, compress use
CCITT (Group 4); if 8bit gray scale mode, use
JPEG algorithm
File Transmission
Format
TIFF format
BMP format
Raw data
TIFF format
48
49
B&W
N/A
Gray scale
JPEG
format
Deletes Cropping Area FS ( g pL pH fn n (when fn = 56)

The defined cropping area n is deleted
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn n
1C 28 67 pL pH fn n
28 40 103 pL pH fn n
Range
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
fn = 56
0 < n < 10
N = 0 deletes all cropping areas.
After the cropping area is deleted the area number n is cleared.
234
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Set Cropping Area FS ( g pL pH fn n x1 y1 x2 y2 (when fn = 57)

The area to be cropped is the area of data that is to be retained. The remaining area of the scanned
area is returned as white data. The area to be cropped is defined by n.
x1, y1 specifies the starting point to be cropped
x2, y2 specifies the ending point to be cropped
The scanning range is 102 mm (4.02) in the X direction and 230 mm (9.06) in the Y direction.
x2 > 102 specifies the maximum cropping range (= 102) in the X direction.
y2 > 230 specifies the maximum cropping range (= 230) in the Y direction.
All values are specified in millimeters for the distance from the origin of the check.
(lower left corner of the check).
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn n x1 y1 x2 y2
1C 28 67 pL pH fn n x1 y1 x2 y2
28 40 103 pL pH fn n x1 y1 x2 y2
Range
(pL + pH x 256) = 6 (pL = 6, pH = 0)
Fn = 57
1 < n < 10
x1scan < x1 < x2scan
y1scan < y1 < y2scan
x1 < x2 < x2scan
y1 < y2 < y2scan
Default
No cropping area is set
Scan Area outside cropping areas are turned white and sent together when CropID
in corresponding commands are not 41H-4AH
Cropping area 1
Data in cropping
area retained
November 2003
235
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmission Format FS ( g pL pH fn m (When fn = 60)

This command sets the transmission file format as binary or hexadecimal
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
Range
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
fn = 60
m = 48, 49
Default
m
48
49
m = 48
Transmission Method
Transmits the image data in Binary format.
Transmits the image data with Hexadecimal character strings format.
Notes
Since the default value of this command is set to the one most suitable for the
kind of interface, it is recommended to use the default as is. The default value can be
checked with function 100.
With the serial interface model, when XON/OFF control is selected, specify m = 49.
236
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Transmits Threshold Level FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 80)

The density of the threshold level of the scanned image for Function 40 is communicated to the
host.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Range
fn = 80
m = 48
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
m of Function 40
Separator
d1 of Functtion 40
Separator
d2 of Function 40
Separator
d3 of Function 40
NUL
Hexadecimal
37H
3BH
34H, 38H
1FH
34H, 38H
1FH
31H
1FH
34H, 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
00H
Decimal
55
59
52, 56
31
52, 56
31
49
31
52, 57
31
48 - 57
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
The value and transmission data of d3 of Function 40 are as follows:

Setting value
Transmission data
-128
128
-1
255
0
0
1
1
127
127
The transmission data values are converted to hexadecimal characters strings for the image data.
Example: When data is 48 the transmission data will be:
Hexadecimal:
34H, 38H
Decimal:
52, 56
November 2003
237
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmits Scanning Area FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 81)

The scanned image area for Function 41 is communicated to the host.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
Range
fn = 81
m = 48
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
Default
Same as Function 41 of FS ( g.
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
x1 of Function 41
Separator
y1 of Function 41
Separator
x2 of Function 41
Separator
y2 of Function 41
NUL
Hexadecimal
37H
3CH
34H, 38H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
30H, 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
00H
Decimal
55
60
52, 56
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
1 3 bytes
1 byte
1 3 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 Bytes
1 Byte
Hexadecimal:
34H, 38H
Decimal:
52, 56
238
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Transmits Compression Method FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 90)

Command Description:
The method of file compression and the file transmission format for the
image data will be communicated to the host device for the value of Function 50.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Range
fn = 90
m = 48
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
Transmission Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
m of Function 50
37H
3DH
34H, 38H
1FH
34H, 38H or
34H, 39H
1FH
34H ,38H or 34H,
39H or 35H,30H
00H
55
61
52, 56
31
52, 56 or
52, 57
31
52, 56 or 52, 57 or
53, 48
0
Separator
n of Function 50
NUL
Amount of
Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
1 Byte
Hexadecimal:
34H, 38H
Decimal:
52, 56
November 2003
239
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmits the cropping area FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 97)

The cropping area of the scanned image as defined is communicated to the host
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Range
fn = 97
m = 48
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
Transmission Data
Hexadecimal
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
37H
75H
40H, last Block
41H next Blk
exist
1FH
30H - 39H
and 1FH
00H
Separator
Data
NUL
Decima
l
55
117
64 or
65
Amount of Data
31
48 57
and 31
0
1 byte
9 - 80 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 Byte
The Data will consist of data groups enumerated with the associated key codes.
If the total amount of data exceeds 80 bytes when several cropping areas are set, the data is divided
up to a maximum of 80 bytes, then transmitted.
240
Transmission Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of Data
n of Function 57
Separator
x1 of Function 57
Separator
y1 of Function 57
Separator
x2 of Function 57
Separator
y2 of Function 57
Separator
30H - 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
30H - 39H
1FH
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
48 - 57
31
1-2 byte
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
1 - 3 bytes
1 byte
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Data transmission by this command is controlled by the ESC/POS handshaking protocol. The
ESC/POS handshaking protocol is defined as the protocol that the printer receives as a response
from the host after the [Header-NUL] is transmitted: then it performs the following process,
corresponding to the response.
When the identification status (existence of the next data block) is
Hexadecimal = 41H/Decimal = 65
ASCII
ACK
NAK
CAN
Response
HEX Decimal
06H
6
15H
21
18H
24
Process Performed
Transmits the next data block
Transmits the previous data block again
Cancels the process
When the identification status (for the previous data block) is

Hexadecimal = 40H / Decimal = 64
ASCII
ACK
NAK
CAN
Response
HEX Decimal
06H
6
15H
21
18H
24
Process Performed
Ends the process
Cancels the process
November 2003
241
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmits the File Format FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 100)

This command transmits the format of the file transmission formation for the function value of 60
for the image data.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Range
fn = 100
m = 48
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
m of Function 60
NUL
Hexadecimal
37H
3EH
34H, 38H
1FH
34H, 38H or
34H, 39H
00H
Decimal
55
62
52, 56
31
52, 56 or
52, 57
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
1 Byte
Hexadecimal:
34H, 38H
Decimal:
52, 56
242
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Select Scanning mode FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 101)

This command selects the scanning mode.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn m
1C 28 67 pL pH fn m
28 40 103 pL pH fn m
Range
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH = 0)
fn = 101
m = 48,49
Default
m = 48
m
48
49
Scanning Mode
Black / White mode
8 bit gray scale mode
Transmits Scanning mode FS ( g pL pH fn m (when fn = 102)

This command transmits the scanning mode.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Range
fn = 102
FS ( g pL pH fn
1C 28 67 pL pH fn
28 40 103 pL pH fn
(pL + pH x 256) = 1 (pL =1, pH = 0)
This command transmits the scanning mode as the following format.

Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
m of Function 101
NUL
Hexadecimal
37H
3AH
34H, 38H
1FH
34H, 38H or
34H, 39H
00H
Decimal
55
62
52, 56
31
52, 56 or
52, 57
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
2 bytes
1 Byte
Hexadecimal:
34H, 38H
Decimal:
52, 56
Executes Scan GS ( G pL pH fn nl nH m1 m2 [d1dk] (when fn = 65)

November 2003
243
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Executes the process for the scanning of the image from the slip station and then transmits the
scanned data to the host computer.
Hogan makes busy status during executing of scanning. Host cant send any data to Hogan in that
time.
If [d1..dk] is specified, [d1..dk] is added to the image data.
If m1 is 48, when the scan operation is successful the printer transmits a three-block data group:
file information block, size information block and an image data block in that sequence.
Scan result will be retained in working buffer until another scan is performed or power off.
If m1 is 49, this command executes scanning only. It doesnt transmit image data.
When an error occurs in scanning, the printer transmits the file information block only.
The contents of each data block are as shown below:
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS ( G pL pH fn nl nH m1 m2 [d1dk]
1D 28 67 pL pH fn nl nH m1 m2 [d1dk]
29 40 103 pL pH fn nl nH m1 m2 [d1dk]
Range
5 < (pL + pH x 256) < 260 (0 < pL < 255, 0 < pH < 1)
fn = 65
(nl + nH x 256) = 1 (nl = 1, nH = 0)
m1 = 48, 49
m2 = 48
0 < d < 255
0 < k < 255
a) When Binary is selected as file transmission format with Function 60 of FS ( g.

Transmission Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of Data
Header
53H
83
1 byte
Identifier
20H
32
1 byte
Identification status
42H : last Blk
64 67
1 byte
43H : next Blk exist
Information data (See
Selections from 00H
0 - 255
1 byte
below)
FFH
Identification status is indicates

40H: current block is last data block
41H:existence of the next data block
Information data in the file information block is as follows:
Transmission Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Block Code
46H
70
Fixed value
31H
49
Separator
1FH
31
Scanning status
Normal:
50H
Normal:
80
Abnormal: 70H
Abnormal: 112
Detailed information
40H 48H
64 72
(See Table below)
244
November 2003
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Separator
Compression process
(*1)(*2)
File transmission format
(*1)
Separator
Fixed value (*1)
NUL
1FH
30H 39H
31
48 57
1 byte
0 2 bytes
30H 39H
48 57
0 2 bytes
1FH
34H, 38H, 30H, 34H
38H, 34H, 38H
00H
31
52, 56, 48, 52,
56, 52, 56
0
1 byte
1 7 bytes
1 byte
*1. This type of data is not transmitted if an error has occurred.

*2. This value depends on the value set with Function 50 of FS ( g.
Status
Normal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Information
Not abnormal status
There isnt any data for the scanned image
Processing stopped due to cover open.
An error occurred in the compression of image data
A check feeding error occurred during the scan of the
check.
Hexadecimal
40
41
44
47
48
Decimal
64
65
68
71
72
*3. The check size is smaller than scan area size.
November 2003
245
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
The size information block for the information data is shown below (This data is not transmitted if
an error occurred).
Information Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of Data
Block Code
53H
83
1 byte
Fixed value
30H, 30H
48, 48
2 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
X starting point (*1)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Y starting point (*1)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
X ending point (*2)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Y ending point (*2)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Amount of data in X (*3)
30H 39H
48 57
1 4 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Amount of data in Y (*4)
30H 39H
48 57
1 4 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
*1. This value depends on the value set with Function 41 of FS (g.
*2. This point indicates the ending point of the actual reading area.
*3. This numerical value indicates the amount of actual scanning data in the X direction (dots).
*4. This number value indicates the amount of the actual scanning data in the Y direction (dots).
Information data for the image data block is shown below (this data is not transmitted if an error
occurred).
Information Data
Block Code
Block Size
image data
Hexadecimal
53H 20H
40H : last Blk
1-FFFFH
00H FFH
Decimal
83, 32
64 65
Amount of Data
2 bytes
1 bytes
1-65535
0 255
2 bytes
1 65535 bytes
If the total amount of data exceeds 65535 bytes, the data is divided up to a maximum of 65536
bytes, then transmitted
b) When Hexadecimal character strings is selected as file transmission format with Function 60 of
FS ( g.
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Information data (See
below)
NULL
Hexadecimal
37H
74H
42H : last Blk
30H 39H
41H 46H
00H
Decimal
55
116
64 65
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
48 57
65 70
0
1 80 bytes
Information data in the file information block is as follows:
246
November 2003
1 byte
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Transmission Data
Block Code
Fixed value
Separator
Scanning status
(See Table below)
Separator
Compression process
(*1)(*2)
File transmission format
(*1)
Separator
Fixed value (*1)
NUL
Hexadecimal
46H
31H
1FH
Normal:
50H
Abnormal: 70H
40H 48H
Decimal
70
49
31
Normal:
80
Abnormal: 112
64 72
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1FH
30H 39H
31
48 57
1 byte
0 2 bytes
30H 39H
48 57
0 2 bytes
1FH
34H, 38H, 30H, 34H
38H, 34H, 38H
00H
31
52, 56, 48, 52,
56, 52, 56
0
1 byte
1 7 bytes
1 byte
*1. This type of data is not transmitted if an error has occurred.

*2. This value depends on the value set with Function 50 of FS ( g.
Status
Normal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Abnormal
Information
Not abnormal status
There isnt any data for the scanned image
Processing stopped due to cover open.
An error occurred in the compression of image data
A check feeding error occurred during the scan of the
check.
November 2003
Hexadecimal
40
41
44
47
48
Decimal
64
65
68
71
72
247
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
The size information block for the information data is shown below (This data is not transmitted if
an error occurred).
Information Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of Data
Block Code
53H
83
1 byte
Fixed value
30H, 30H
48, 48
2 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
X starting point (*1)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Y starting point (*1)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
X ending point (*2)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Y ending point (*2)
30H 39H
48 57
1 3 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Amount of data in X (*3)
30H 39H
48 57
1 4 bytes
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Amount of data in Y (*4)
30H 39H
48 57
1 4 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
*1. This value depends on the value set with Function 41 of FS (g.
*2. This point indicates the ending point of the actual reading area.
*3. This numerical value indicates the amount of actual scanning data in the X direction (dots).
*4. This number value indicates the amount of the actual scanning data in the Y direction (dots).
Information data for the image data block is shown below (this data is not transmitted if an error
occurred).
Information Data
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of Data
Block Code
37H 74H
55 116
1 byte
40H : last Blk
64 65
1 bytes
image data
30H 39H, 41H 46H 48 57, 65 - 70
1 80 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
If the total amount of data exceeds 80 bytes, the data is divided up to a maximum of 80 bytes, then
transmitted
The printer transmits the image data in the file transmission format specified with Function 50 of
FS ( g.
If the capacity of the image data is large, the image data is divided into several data blocks, then
transmitted.
Only when Hexadecimal is specified as the file transmission format with Function 60 of FS (g, the
transmission data values are converted to the hexadecimal character strings for the image data.
Example: When data is 3FH. The transmission data is Hexadecimal: 30H, 46H, Decimal 48, 70.
248
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Data transmitted with this command is controlled by the ESC/POS handshaking protocol. The
ESC/POS handshaking protocol is defined as the protocol that the printer receives as a response
from the host; then it performs the following process corresponding to the response.
When the identification status is: Hexadecimal = 41H, 43H / Decimal = 65, 67.
ASCII
ACK
NAK
CAN
Response
HEX Decimal
06H
6
15H
21
18H
24
Process Performed
Transmits the next data block
Cancels the process
When the identification status is: Hexadecimal = 40H, 42H / Decimal = 64, 66
ASCII
ACK
NAK
CAN
Response
HEX Decimal
06H
6
15H
21
18H
24
Process Performed
Ends the process
Cancels the process
Notes:
While transmitting block data, the printer does not process a real-time command or send ASB
status. Therefore it is not possible to determine the printer status while transmitting data.
November 2003
249
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Header
File information block
Send to Host
Size information block

image data block
Send ACK
Host
image data block
:
:
:
Send to Host
:
:
:
Send ACK
image data block
250
Send to Host
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Transmit Scan Image from Working Buffer GS ( G pL pH fn m CropID [d1dk],

k=1, , 255
Retrieve original scan data from working buffer (RAM)
Crop, compress and make image file based on current settings and transmit it to the host
If scan has not be executed on receiving this command, send error block
If Bit6 of CropID is ON (CropID= 0x41 to 0x4A), This command transmits cropping area data
only.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS ( G pL pH fn m CropID [d1dk]
1D 28 47 pL pH fn m CropID [d1dk]
29 40 71 pL pH fn m CropID [d1dk]
Range
2<(pL + pH x 256) <= 257
fn = 66
m=48: use original data in scan image buffer, crop according to the cropping area set by CropID,
compress and make image file based on current settings, then transmit file to host
CropID=0, transmit original (uncropped) image
CropID=1-10, transit image file with the nth cropping area, data outside the cropping area but
inside the scanarea will be transmitted as white.
CropID=0x41 0x4A, transmit image file with the nth (n=1 to 10) cropping area, but only data
that resides within the Crop Area is transmitted.
CropID>10 (except 0x41 to 0x4A), transmit image file with all the cropping area set, if no
cropping area is set, send the original scan image
When GS ( G Function 65 is not executed, only the file information block which consists of the
following information data, is transmitted. Information data in the file information block is as
follows.
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Block Code
Fixed value
Separator
Scanning status
Separator
NUL
Hexadecimal
53H / 37H
20H / 74H
42H : last Blk
46H
31H
1FH
70H
41H
1FH
00H
Decimal
83/55
32/116
66
70
49
31
112
65
31
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
If scan has completed normally, Hogan will send image file to host, data strings have the same
format as that in Execute Scan command.
Notes:
November 2003
251
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Transmit Scan Image from Flash ROM GS ( G pL pH fn m FileIndex (when fn =

73)
Retrieve scan image file from flash ROM and transmit to host.
If scan has not be executed on receiving this command, send error block
ASCII
GS ( G pL pH fn m [File Index]
Hex
1D 28 47 pL pH fn m [File Index]
Decimal
29 40 71 pL pH fn m [File Index]
Range
pL + pH x 256=2
fn = 73
m=49: send image file stored in flash ROM to host, the image file is selected using File Index,
which is defined by the firmware when image file is stored into flash ROM, FileIndex is larger
than 0 in this command.
If cannot find an image file with the specified FileIndex in flash ROM, transmit the following
block.
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Block Code
Fixed value
Separator
Scanning status
Separator
NUL
Hexadecimal
53H / 37H
20H / 74H
42H : last Blk
46H
31H
1FH
70H
41H
1FH
00H
Decimal
83/55
32/116
66
70
49
31
112
65
31
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
Iftheimagefileexists,sendthefileinthesameformatasthatsentinExecuteScan
command.
Notes:
252
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Store Scan Image to Flash ROM GS ( G pL pH fn n [d1..dk] (when fn = 70)

Hogan makes busy status during store scan image. Host cant send any data to Hogan at that time.
If [d1..dk] is specified, its added to image file as image description (image tag data); if not
specified, use the one specified before. This string is included in the image file.
Image file will be appended to the end of the last image stored in flash ROM.
In each image file, the first 2 bytes hold file index (2 byte), the next 4 bytes store the length of
the file, followed by 2 blocks of scan information and image file data string.
Original scan data are retrieved from working buffer, cropped, compressed and made into image
file based on current settings.
The scanner locates all available flash ROM space and compares with the image size.
If the image file size is smaller than ROM space, increase file index number and write file to
falsh ROM, send host store information block
If ROM space is too small for image file, transmit store information block to host
Max. number of files can be stored is 255.
If bit6 of n(CropID) is 1, Hogan stores only image data that resides within the crop area.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn n [d1 dk]
1D 28 47 pL pH fn n [d1 dk]
29 40 71 pL pH fn n [d1 dk]
Range
2<=(pL + pH x 256) <= 257
fn = 70
n: CropID, n = 0, no cropping, or n<10 and equal to CropID that is not defined, entire scan area
selected;
n = exist CropAreaID (0x00 to 0x0A), only selected crop area is processed and stored,
n = exist CropAreaID (0x41 to 0x4A), only selected crop area is processed and stored. The
stored data is only data that resides within the crop area.
n>10 (except 0x41 to 0x4A), all crop areas are selected
The storage information block is as follows:
Transmission Data
Header
Identifier
Fixed Value
Separator
Store Status
Separator
FileIndex
Separator
Free ROM space
Separator
NUL
*1. Store Status:
Hexadecimal
37H
77H
34H, 38H
1FH
30-33H(*1)
1FH
30-39H
1FH
30 - 39H,
41 - 46H
1FH
00H
Successful
Not enough memory
Image file not exist
Flash ROM is cleared
Decimal
55
119
52, 56
31
48-51
31
48-57
31
48 - 57,
65 - 70
31
0
Amount of Data
1 byte
1 byte
2 bytes
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1-3 bytes
1 byte
6 bytes
1 byte
1 Byte
30H
31H
32H
33H
November 2003
253
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Notes:
While writing flash ROM, the printer does not process a real-time command or send ASB status.
Therefore it is not possible to determine the printer status while storing scan image.
Clear All Scan Images GS ( G pL pH fn (when fn = 71)

Hogan makes busy status in clearing flash ROM. Host cant send any data to Hogan at that time.
Erase all scan image files
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
FS ( g pL pH fn
1D 28 47 pL pH fn
29 40 71 pL pH fn
Range
pL=1, pH=0
fn = 71
Notes:
While clearing flash ROM, the printer does not process a real-time command or send ASB
status. Therefore it is not possible to determine the printer status while clearing image files.
This command sent the information block to host PC. The format is same format of the store to
flash ROM command.
254
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Print Scanned Image GS ( G pL pH fn m (when fn = 68)

This command performs printing the scanned image data
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS ( G pL pH fn m
1D 28 47 pL pH fn m
29 40 71 pL pH fn m
Range
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pl = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 68
m = 48,49
Default
m
48
49
m = 48
Printing ratio of x direction

100% printing mode
if scan area width > printable width, the extra image is cut.
50% printing mode (Horizontal & Vertical direction)
This command is available on Black/White mode. (When scan mode is 8 bit gray scale, this
command is ignored.)
Execute Shading correction GS ( G pL pH fn m (when fn = 69)

This command performs Black/White shading correction.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Parameter Value
Default
m
48
49
GS ( G pL pH fn m
1D 28 47 pL pH fn m
29 40 71 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pl = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 69
m = 48,49
m = 48
Shading correction
Execute Black Shading correction
Execute White Shading correction
November 2003
255
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Reverse feed to top of form GS ( G pL pH fn m (when fn = 74)

This command performs a reverse feed to top of form on the slip print station.
This command is ignored if slip is not the selected station.
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
Parameter value
GS ( G pL pH fn m
1D 28 47 pL pH fn m
29 40 71 pL pH fn m
(pL + pH x 256) = 2 (pl = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 74
m = 48
Flash Download Commands

Thesecommandsareusedtoloadfirmwareintotheprinter.
Thecommandsarelistedinnumericalorderaccordingtotheirhexadecimalcodes.Each
commandisdescribedandthehexadecimal,decimal,andASCIIcodesarelisted.
TherearethreewaystoentertheDownloadMode.
1. PoweringtheprinterupwithDIPSwitch2up.
2. Whiletheprinterisrunningnormally,usethecommandSwitchtoFlashDownload
Mode,toleavenormaloperationandentertheDownloadMode.
3. IftheFlashiffoundcorruptedduringLevel0diagnosticstheDownloadModeis
automaticallyenteredaftertheprinterhasreset.
TheprinternevergoesdirectlyfromtheDownloadModetonormalprinteroperation.To
returntonormalprinteroperationeithertheoperatormustturnthepoweroffandthenon
torebootortheapplicationmustsendacommandtocancelDownloadModeandreboot.
Switch to Flash Download Mode

ASCII:
ESC[}
Hexadecimal:
1B5B7D
Decimal:
2791125
PutstheprinterinFlashDownloadModeinpreparationtoreceivecommandscontrolling
thedownloadingofobjectsintoFlashMemory.Whenthiscommandisreceived,the
printerleavesnormaloperationandcannolongerprinttransactionsuntiltheRebootthe
Printercommand(1DFF)isreceivedortheprinterisrebooted.
Thiscommanddoesnotaffectthecurrentcommunicationparameters.Oncetheprinteris
inFlashDownloadMode,thiscommandisnolongeravailable.
256
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1B) & Chr$(&H5B) & Chr$(&H7D)
Request Printer ID
ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSNUL
1D00
290
ReturnsACK(06hex)+12bytesASCIIstringdescribingtheFlashMemoryBootSector
Firmwarepartnumber.Ex:1891234567A
Example:
November 2003
257
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Return Segment Number Status of Flash Memory

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSSOH
1D01
291
ReturnsthesizeoftheFlashused.Theremaybe8,16,or32sectors(64Keach)inFlash
Memory.Thiscommandassuresthatthefirmwaretobedownloadedistheappropriate
sizeforFlashMemory.Thevaluereturnedisthemaximumsectornumberthatcanbe
acceptedbytheSelectSectortoDownload(1D02n)command.
Example:
Exceptions:
AvailableonlyinDownloadMode.
Select Flash Memory Sector to Download

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSSTXn
1D02n
292n
Valueofn:
TheFlashsectortowhichthenextdownload
operationapplies
Rangeofn:
07(512K)
015(1mB)
031(2mB)
SelectstheFlashsector(nn)forwhichthenextdownloadoperationapplies.Thevaluesof
thepossiblesectorarerestricted,dependingupontheFlashparttype.Theprinter
transmitsanACKifthesectornumberisacceptableoranNAKifthesectornumberisnot
acceptable.Sectornumbersstartat0.
Example:
Exceptions:
258
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Get Firmware CRC

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSACK
1D06
296
CausestheprintertocalculatetheCRCforthecurrentlyselectedsectorandtransmitsthe
result.Thisisperformednormallyafterdownloadingasectortoverifythatthe
downloadedfirmwareiscorrect.TheprinteralsocalculatestheCRCforeachsector
duringpowerupandhaltstheprogramifanysectoriserroneous.
TheprintertransmitsACKifthecalculatedCRCiscorrectfortheselectedsector;NAKif
theCRCisincorrectorifnosectorisselected.
Example:
Return Microprocessor CRC

ASCII:
Hexadecimal:
Decimal:
GSBEL
1D07
297
ReturnstheCRCcalculatedoverthebootsectorcodespace.
Formulas:ACK<lowbyte><highbyte>
Example:
Erase the Flash Memory

ASCII:
GSSO
Hexadecimal:
1D0E
Decimal:
2914
CausestheentireFlashMemory(excepttheboot)tobeerased.
TheprinterreturnsACKifthecommandissuccessful;NAKifitisunsuccessful.
November 2003
259
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H0E)
Exceptions:
Return Main Program Flash CRC

ASCII:
GSSI
Hexadecimal:
1D0F
Decimal:
2915
ReturnstheCRCcalculatedovertheFlashfirmwarecodespace.Theformatofthe
responseisACK<lowbyte><highbyte>.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&H0F)
Erase Selected Flash Sector

ASCII:
GSDLEn
Hexadecimal:
1D10n
Decimal:
2916n
ValueandRangeofn:
07= 512KbytesFlash
015=1MbytesFlash
031=2MbytesFlash
Erasesthepreviouslyselectedsector.TheprintertransmitsACKwhenthesectorhasbeen
erased.Iftheprevioussectorisnotsuccessfullyerased,orifnosectorwasselected,the
printertransmitsNAK.
Example:
Exceptions:
260
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Chapter 6: Commands
Download to Active Flash Sector

ASCII:
GSDC1alahclchd1dn
Hexadecimal:
1D11alahclchd1dn
Decimal:
2917alahclchd1dn
Valueofal:
lowbyteoftheaddress
Valueofah:
highbyteoftheaddress
Valueofcl:
lowbyteofthecount
Valueofch:
highbyteofthecount
Valueofd:
databytes,from1ton
Containsastartaddress(ah*256+al)andcount(ch*256+cl)ofbinarybytestoloadinto
theselectedsector,followedbythatmanybytes.Thestartaddressisrelativetothestartof
thesector.Addressesrunfrom0to64K.
Theprintermayreturnoneofseveralresponses.ACKmeansthatthedatawaswritten
correctlyandthehostshouldtransmitthenextblock.NAKmeansthat,forsomereason,
thedatawasnotwrittencorrectly.Thiscouldmeanthatcommunicationsfailedorthatthe
writetoFlashfailed.Thealternativesseemtobetoretrytheblockorhaltloadingand
assumeahardwarefailure.
Value of n (for number of data bytes)
Range of Address (al ah)
Range of Count (cl ch)
((ch*256)+cl)
2000FFFF(hexadecimal)
00010400(hexadecimal)
Range:
Addressesrunfrom0to64K.
RelatedInformation:
November 2003
261
Chapter 6: Commands
7167 Owners Manual
Reboot the Printer

ASCII:
GS(SPACE)
Hexadecimal:
1DFF
Decimal:
29255
Endstheloadprocessandrebootstheprinter.Beforeexecutingthiscommand,theprinter
shouldhavefirmwareloadedandexternalswitchessettotheruntimesettings.
Applicationsoftwarefordownloadingshouldprompttheusertosettheexternalswitches
andconfirmbeforesendingthiscommand.Ifthedownloadingwasstartedfroma
diagnostic,therebootwillcausetheprintertoreenterdownloadstateunlesstheexternal
switchesarechanged.
Example:
MSComm1.Output = Chr$(&H1D) & Chr$(&HFF)
262
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Appendix A: Specifications
Printing Specifications
Print head
Character Cell
Thermal Receipt Station
Slip Station
Fixed
576PrintElements
DirectThermal
FixedHead
LineofDots
Bidirectional
LogicSeeking
SerialDotMatrix
RibbonCassette
FormsInsertion
Standard:13x24Dots
Standard:10x7Dots
Compressed:10x24Dots
Compressed:10x7Dots
Character Size
.0525Wideby.092High
.057Wideby.097High
Character Spacing
15.25CharactersperInch(horizontal)
Character Pitch
15.6Characters/Inch(Standard)
13.9Characters/Inch(Standard)
20.3Characters/Inch(Compressed)
17.1Characters/Inch(Compressed)
For80mmpaper:
45Columns(Standard)
44Columns(Standard)
55Columns(Compressed)
Columns (maximum)
For58mmpaper:
32Columns(Standard)
Print Mode
Resident Fonts
Standard,Compressed,DoubleHigh, Standard,Compressed,DoubleWide,
DoubleWide,UpsideDown,
UpsideDown,Rotated
Rotated,Underline,Scalable,Bold,
Superscript,Italic,Subscript
CodePage437,850,852,860,863,
865,858,866,1252,Katakana,874,
862,864,andSpacepage
CodePage437,850,852,860,863,865,
858,866,1252,Katakana,874,862,864,
andSpacepage
3019Lines/Minute(44columns),
DependonLineSpacing
240/202/164/142LinesperMinute;
Dependingon#ofColumns
(40columnwidth)
Print Order
Descending
Descending
Line Spacing
7.52LinesperInch(default)
7.2Lines/Inch(default)
8.47,8.13,7.81,7.25,7.00,5.98Lines/
10.3,9.0,8.0,6.5,6.0,Lines/Inch
Speed
November 2003
263
7167 Owners Manual
Slip Station
Inchandvariablelinesperinch.
andvariablelinesperinch.
Slew Speed
6.7InchesperSecond
4.0linesperSecond
Print Zone
2.83InchesMaximum
3.23InchesMaximum
Noise
57dBASoundPressure(ISO7779)
62dBASoundPressure(ISO7779)
Graphics (Optional)
UserDefinedGraphics,Logo
UserDefinedGraphics
Other
NoReversePaperFeed
ReversePaperFeed
TwoForminSensors
Impact Slip Station
Paper Diameter
80mmMax.
NotApplicable
Paper Length
83Meters(273feet)
SideInsertion:2.0Inches(Min.)
FrontInsertion:2.75Inches(Min.)
Paper Width
80mm1mm
SideInsertion:8.0Inches(Min.)
(3.15Inches.02Inches)
FrontInsertion:2.0Inches(Min.)
Paper Thickness
NotApplicable
.406mm(.016Inch)
Printable Area
2.83Inches(Max.)
3.22Inches(Max.)
Power Requirements
The7167printerreceivespowerfromaseparatepowersupply.Herearethevoltage
requirementsforthepowersupply.
Maximum Current
Voltage
Station
Short Term
Long Term
24.0V10%
Slip
4.6Amps
3.15Amps
Receipt
6.5Amps
3.15Amps
Environmental Conditions
Operating Temperature
5Cto45C(40Fto112F),modelswithknife
5Cto50C(40Fto120F),modelswithnoknife
Operating Humidity
5%to90%
Condensationmayoccurwhenequipmentistransferredfromcoldto
warmareasaftershipment.Theprintersdesignpermitsoperationafter
dryingoutandstabilizingatroomtemperature.
264
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Reliability
ThenumbersinthetablerefertotheMeanCycleBetweenFailure(MCBF)fortheitems
indicated.
Thermal Receipt Printer
52MillionLines
Impact Slip Printer
30MillionLines
Impact Print head
200MillionCharacters
Electronics
347,000OntimeHours
Communications Card
2,000,000OnTimeHours
Control Panel
2,100,000OnTimeHours
Knife
1MillionCuts
MICR Check Reader
500,000Reads
Flip
500,000Flips
Power Supply
200,000OntimeHours
Flip Mechanism
200,000Cycles
Scan I/F Board
1,383,000MTBF
Scanner Mechanism
500,000Cycles
Scan Head
1,000,000HoursMTBF
Reliabilitystatictiesbasedonaveragesexhibitedunderlabconditionsanddonotconstitue
awaranty
Dimensions and Weight

Height
174mm(6.9Inches)
Height with Cover Open
296mm(11.7Inches)
Width
190mm(7.5Inches)
Depth
262mm(10.3Inches)
Depth with Extended Slip Table
316mm(12.5Inches)
Weight
4.50Kg(10.0Pounds),FlipModel
4.25Kg(9.4Pounds),NonFlip
Model
Density of Receipt Print Lines

Whenthereceiptstationprintshighdensityprintlines(graphics),itautomaticallyslows
downtoarateslowerthan902linesperminute.Highdensityprintlinesaredefinedas
lineswithover50%ofthedotsprintingontheline(thereare576totaldotcolumnsonthe
printstation).
November 2003
265
7167 Owners Manual
Duty Cycle Restrictions (Printing Solid Blocks)

Therearerestrictionsonthedutycyclebecauseoftheheatgeneratedbythereceipt
thermalprintheadwhenprintingsolidblocks(regardlessofthelengthoftheblockin
relationtotheprintline).Therestrictionsareambienttemperature,thepercentageoftime
(measuredagainstoneminute)ofcontinuoussolidprinting,andtheamountofcoverage.
Caution:Whenthedutycycleapprochesthelimitsshowninthetable,thereceiptprint
headwillheatupandshutdown.Thismaydamagetheprinthead.
Toavoidthisproblem,dooneoracombinationofthefollowing:
1.
Reducetheamountofcoverage.
2.
Reducethetimeofcontinuoussolidprinting.
3.
Reducetheambienttemperature.
Ambient Temperature
Amount of Solid Coverage
266
25C
35C
50C
20%
100%of1min.
continuous
printing
50%of1min.
continuous
printing
20%of1min.
continuous
printing
40%
50%of1min.
continuous
printing
25%of1min.
continuous
printing
10%of1min.
continuous
printing
100%
20%of1min.
continuous
printing
10%of1min.
continuous
printing
3%of1min.
continuous
printing
November 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Appendix B: Print Characteristics
Character Size
Thissectionshowsthedotpatternforcharactersprintedonthereceiptandslipstations.
Receipt Station
Thefollowingtwoillustrationsshowthedotpatternsofsamplecharactersforstandard
pitch(15.6CPI)andcompressedpitch(20.3CPI).Notethatcompressedpitchusesfewer
dotshorizontallythanstandardpitch.
Standard Pitch
11Dots
1.38mm
054 in
13Dots
1.63mm
064 in
19Dots
2.38mm
094 in
24Dots
3.00mm
118 in
203DPI,15.6CPIPitch(Standard)
Novembery 2003
267
7167 Owners Manual
Compressed Pitch
8Dots
1.00mm
039 in
10Dots
1.25mm
049 in
19Dots
2.38mm
094 in
24Dots
3.00mm
118 in
203 DPI,19CPIPitch(Compressed)
Slip Station
Thefollowingillustrationsshowthedotpatternsofsamplecharactersforstandardpitch
(13.9CPI),doublewidecharacters,androtatedcharacters(counterclockwise).
Standard Pitch
Thefirstillustrationshowsasinglecharacterwiththedimensionslistedinthetablethat
follows(includingdimensionsforcompressedpitch).Thesecondillustrationshowsthe
layoutofcolumnsforstandardpitchcharacters.
E
B
A
(Next Character)
D
C
Rowspacingisfixedandcolumnspacingdependsuponthecharacterpitchasindicatedin
thetable.
Dimension
A
268
Standard Pitch
(13.9 CPI, 45 Columns)
Compressed Pitch
.366mm(.0144inches)
.30mm(.0117inches)
1.45mm(.057inches)
1.24mm(.049inches)
2.46mm(.097inches)
.353mm(.0139inches)
1.83mm(.072inches)
1.49mm(.0585inches)
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Note:Columnsoverlapwithintheformatforeachprintrowinhalfdotincrements
(dependinguponpitch),buttheprintercannotprintoverlappingdotsonasingleprint
row.NoASCIIcharactercontainsoverlappingdotsonaprintrow.
Double-Wide Characters
Doublewidecharactersareuprightcharactersinan8x7dotformatwithtwicethecolumn
(horizontal)spacingbetweenprinteddotsasforstandardcharacters.
Novembery 2003
269
7167 Owners Manual
Rotated Characters
Rotatedcharactersarealternatecharactersina5x7dotformatprinted90degrees
counterclockwise(asshownintheillustration)orclockwise.Onlyonehorizontalpitchis
available:6.95CPI,33columnsmaximum.
Dimension
Horizontal Pitch
.366mm(.0144inches)
2.56mm(.100inches)
1.75mm(.069inches)
.353mm(.0139inches)
3.66mm(.144inches)
270
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Print Zones
Thissectionshowstheprintableareafortheslipstationandthereceiptstation.
Receipt Station
For 80 mm Paper
Thereceiptstationcenterscharacters(standardpitchandcompressedpitch)andgraphics
onan80mmwide(3.15inches)receipt.
Standard pitch: 13 x 24 dots in character cell, 44 characters (columns) per line

Compressed pitch: 10 x 24 dots in character cell, 56 characters (columns) per line
Double byte character: 24 x 24 dots in character cell, 24 characters (columns) per line
Graphics: 576 addressable bits
Theminimumprintlineheightis24dotsforcharactersand24dotsforgraphics.The
standardprintlineheightis27dots(3.38mm,.133inches)forcharacters(withthreeextra
dotrows).Seethefollowingillustration(nottoscale).
PaperWidth=80mm(3.15inc.)
TopMargin,16.8mm(.66in.)
Minimum
PrintZone,72.10mm(2.84in.)
576Dots
LeftandRightMargins,4.00mm(.16in.)
For 58 mm Paper
Thereceiptstationcenterscharacters(standardpitchandcompressedpitch)andgraphics
onan58mmwide(2.28inches)receipt.
Novembery 2003
271
7167 Owners Manual
Standard pitch: 13 x 24 dots in character cell, 32 characters (columns) per line

Compressed pitch: 10 x 24 dots in character cell, 42 characters (columns) per line
Double byte character: 24 x 24 dots in character cell, 17 characters (columns) per line
Graphics: 424 addressable bits
Theminimumprintlineheightis24dotsforcharactersand24dotsforgraphics.The
standardprintlineheightis27dots(3.38mm,.133inches)forcharacters(withthreeextra
dotrows).Seethefollowingillustration(nottoscale).
PaperWidth=58mm(2.28inc.)
TopMargin,16.8mm(.69in.)
Minimum
424Dots
Slip Station
Theslipstationprintscharacters(standardpitchandcompressedpitch)andgraphicsina
printzoneof82.2mm(3.24inches)wideonasliporform.
Standard pitch: 45 characters (columns) per line

Compressed pitch: 55 characters (columns) per line
Double byte character: 27 characters (columns) per line
Theprintlineheightof10halfdotx7dotcharactersis2.46mm(.097in).Withthreedot
spacing,theprintlineheightis3.53mm(.139inches).Seethefollowingillustration(notto
scale).Toprintasclosetothebottomoftheslipaspossiblewithouttheslipleavingthe
feedrollers,usethePrintandFeednLines(1B64n),withn=0.
272
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
PaperWidth:NotRestricted
TopMargin,16mm(.63in.)Minimum
(WithoutReverseFeed)
NoTopMarginwithReverseFeed
BottomMargin:15.0mm(.59in.)
Novembery 2003
273
7167 Owners Manual
Slip Form Parameters

In order for the printer to handle forms properly the forms shall be flat and void of curls or wrinkles
especially at the leading edge of the form.
Paper Feed Direction

Glued Location
Form construction for glued edges.

1) Bottom edge of form should not be glued
2) Paper feeding and insertion are affected by gluing method and the quality of glue used
when form is glued on the right or top edge of form.
3) Skewing may occur when the form is glued on the left edge or when a wide form is used.
The sensors on the printer slip station use a reflective type photo sensor. Therefore the following
precautions must be taken to allow for proper operation.
274
Paper that has holes or is translucent in the sensor locations as shown below should not be
used.
When thin paper is used it should be placed between the top and bottom sheets of multiply paper. The thickest ply of paper should be the last ply
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Check Size
Thesizeofthecheckthattheslipstationandcheckflipmechanismhandlesconformsto
ANSI/ABAstandardX9.13dated1999.
PersonalCheck
6.00(152.40mm)widex2.750(69.85mm)High.
Business
8.75(222.25mm)widex3.667(93.14mm)High
MICR Media Requirements
MICRPrinting
PrintingofMICRCharactersmustconformtoMICRstandardsasdefinedinANSI/ABA
X9.13,X9.18and9.27aswellISO1004.
Forms
Checksmustbeflatandvoidofcurls,foldsorwrinklesexpeciallyattheleadingedgesof
thechecks.
PaperjamsandMICRreaderrorswilloccurifcheckhavepaperclipsandstaples.Also
damagetotheprintermechanismmayoccurtoprintercomponentssuchastheMICR
readhead,paperfeedrollers,impactprinthead,etc..
Wheninsertingthecheckintotheprinterandthetheprinterfeedrollsbegintofeedthe
checkreleasethecheckimmediately.Skewingofthecheckwilloccurwhichwillcause
checkjamsandMICRreaderrors.
19 mm (0.747)
8 .0 mm (0.315 )
6 mm (0.236 )
Paper Feed
Direction
Edge of Check
Novembery 2003
Holes and Low Reflection

Not Permitted in these
areas
275
Appendix C: Character Sets
7167 Owners Manual
Thefollowingpagesshowthecharactersets.
PCCodePage437(USEnglish)
PCCodePage850(Multilingual)
PCCodePage852(Slavic)
PCCodePage860(Portuguese)
PCCodePage862(Hebrew)
PCCodePage863(FrenchCanadian)
PCCodePage864(Arabic)
PCCodePage865(Nordic)
PCCodePage866(Cyrillic)
PCCodePage1252(WindowsLatin#1)
PCCodePageKatakana
PCCodePage874(Thai)
SpacePage
CodePage9321
CodePage9361
CodePage9491
CodePage9501
276
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 950 Code Page 437, 850, 852 and 858
Novembery 2003
277
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 860, 862, 863 and 864
278
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 865, 866, 874 and 1252
Novembery 2003
279
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page Katakana
280
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 932
Novembery 2003
281
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 932 (Cont)
282
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
283
7167 Owners Manual
284
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
285
7167 Owners Manual
286
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
287
7167 Owners Manual
288
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
289
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese
290
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 936 Simple Chines1e (Cont.)
Novembery 2003
291
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 936 Simple Chinese (Cont.)
292
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
293
7167 Owners Manual
294
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
295
7167 Owners Manual
296
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
297
7167 Owners Manual
298
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
299
300
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
301
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 949 Korean
302
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 949 Korean (Cont.)
Novembery 2003
303
7167 Owners Manual
304
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
305
7167 Owners Manual
306
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
307
7167 Owners Manual
308
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
309
7167 Owners Manual
310
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
311
7167 Owners Manual
312
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
313
7167 Owners Manual
314
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
315
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page Traditional Chinese (Cont.)
316
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
317
7167 Owners Manual
Code Page 950 Traditional Chinese
318
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Code Pare 949 Traditional Chinese (Cont.)
Novembery 2003
319
7167 Owners Manual
320
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
321
7167 Owners Manual
322
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
323
7167 Owners Manual
324
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
325
7167 Owners Manual
326
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
327
7167 Owners Manual
328
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Novembery 2003
329
Index
7167 Owners Manual
330
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Index
Index
7
7167 printer
clearance, 13
dimensions, 13, 265
environmental conditions, 264
features, 2
location, 13
ordering supplies, 6
power requirements, 264
power supply, ordering, 8
printer specifications, 263
reliability, 265
sending in for repair, 13
specifications, 263
turning on, 19
A
Accessories. See Supplies
Asian mode
setting, 66, 67
B
Bar code commands, 190
Bar codes
commands, 190
BASIC
sending commands, 76
C
Cabinet
cleaning, 9
Cables
cash drawer, 11
communication, 11
connecting, 17
Carriage return usage
setting, 66
Cashdrawer
ordering, 8
Cashdrawercables
connecting, 17
Changing paper, 20
Character set
code page 437, 277
code page 850, 278
code page 852, 280
code page 863, 282

code page 865, 279, 281, 282, 283, 284
Character sets, 276
Characters, receipt station
dot patterns, 267
Characters, slip station
dot patterns, 268
Check flip
commands, 219
setting, 70
Check flip commands, 219
Check flip test modes
setting, 63
Checks
printing, 25
validating, 27
verifying, 27
Cleaning the printer, 9
Clearance around printer, 13
Code page 437
character set, 276
Code Page 437, 277
Code page 850
character set, 276
Code Page 850, 278
Code Page 852, 280
Code Page 863, 282
Code Page 865, 279, 281, 282, 283, 284
Color paper
setting, 59, 60, 64, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74
Commands
bar code, 190
check flip, 219
flash download, 256
graphics, 154
horizontal positioning, 127
listing, 83
macro, 205
MICR, 207, 228, 232
page mode, 197
print, 118
print characteristics, 134
printer function, 103
printer status, 163
real time, 178
real time,rules for using, 178
realtime, moving data through the buffer, 179
sending, 75
user data storage, 219
vertical positioning, 118
Commands, printer function
set horizontal and vertical minimum motion units, 126
Novembery 2003
331
Index
7167 Owners Manual
Commands, real time

alternate implementation, 178
first implementation, 178
realtimerequesttoprinter,GSsequence, 184
recognizing data from the printer, 177
Commands, sending
using BASIC, 76
using DOS, 75
Communication, 75
Communicationcables, 11
connecting, 17
ordering, 8
Communication interface. See RS-232C interface
Communication interface modes, 58
Configuring the printer, 56
Connecting cables
cash drawer, 17
communication, 17
power, 17
Connector
cash drawer, 80
RS-232C communication, 78
Consumables. See Paper
Contacting a service representative, 52
Environmental conditions, 264

Errors. See Problems
F
Features, 2
Flash download
commands, 256
Flash download commands, 256
Forms
ordering, 7
printing, 25
G
Graphics
commands, 154
Graphics commands, 154
H
Hardware options, 68
Horizontal positioning commands, 127
I
D
Data
moving through buffer, 179
Datascope modes
setting, 61
Default code page, 71
Default lines per inch
setting, 65
Density, of print, 265
Diagnostic modes, 60
Diagnostics, 53
knife failure, 49
level 0, 53
level 1, 54
level 2, 75
level 3, 76
paper jam, 49
paper out, 49
printhead over/under temperature, 50
startup, 53
Dimensions, of printer, 13, 265
DIP switches. See Switch settings
Documentation
ordering, 8
DOS
sending commands, 75
Dot patterns, of characters, 267, 268
Double-wide characters
dot patterns, 269
DTR/DSR protocol, 77
Duty cycle
limitations, 266
E
Emulation/software options, 64
332
Installation
choosing location, 13
connectingcables, 17
loading paper, 20
removing packing material, 12
setting switches, 15
turning on the printer, 19
Interface. See RS-232C interface
K
Knife
failure of, 49
setting, 69
L
LED (green) blinking (fast)
what to do, 49
LED (green) blinking (slow)
what to do, 49
LED (green) does not come on
what to do, 48
LED (slip table) does not come on
what to do, 51
Level 0 diagnostics, 53
asian mode, 66, 67
carriage return usage, 66
check flip option, 70
check flip test modes, 63
color paper option, 59, 60, 64, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74
communication interface modes, 58
configuring the printer, 56
datascope modes, 61
default code page, 71
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Index
default lines per inch, 65

diagnostic modes, 60
emulation/software options, 64
hardware options, 68
knife option, 69
maximum power option, 68
MICR option, 70
MICR test modes, 62
paper low sensor, 69
paper width, 69
platen waiting time, 67
print density, 68
print head gap adjustment test modes, 64
printer configuration, 54
printer emulations, 64
receipt test modes, 62
RS 232 interface, 58
scan option, 71
set extra RS-232C options, 81
slip test modes, 61
Location
choosing, 13
clearance, 13
M
Macro
commands, 205
Macro commands, 205
Maintenance
cleaning the printer, 9
Maximum power
setting, 68
MICR
commands, 207, 228, 232
setting, 70
MICRcheckreader
operatingenvironment, 13
MICR check reader commands, 207, 228, 232
MICR parsing, 208
checkserialnumber,parsing, 215
exception table entry format, 216
exceptiontable,loading, 216
exception table, maintaining, 219
parameter string options, 209
sample parsing formats, 212
MICR test modes
setting, 62
Modes
check flip test, 63
datascope, 61
MICR test, 62
print head gap adjustment test, 64
receipt test, 62
slip test, 61
O
Operator panel, 75
Options
asian mode, 66, 67

carriage return usage, 66
check flip, 70
color paper, 59, 60, 64, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74
default lines per inch, 65
knife, 69
maximum power, 68
MICR, 70
paper low sensor, 69
paper width, 69
platen waiting time, 67
print density, 68
printer emulations, 64
scan, 71
Ordering
cashdrawer, 8
communicationcables, 8
documentation, 8
paper, 6
powersupply, 8
supplies, 6
P
Packing material
removing, 12
repacking printer, 13
Page mode
commands, 197
Page mode commands, 197
Paper
advancing, 23
changing, 20
low, 20, 49
ordering, 6
out, 20
putting in the paper roll, 22
removing, 21
requirements, 6
suppliers, 6
Paper jam, 49
Paper low sensor
setting, 69
Paper out, 49
Paper width
setting, 69
Parsing. See MICR parsing
Platen Waiting Time
setting, 67
Power
turning on the printer, 19
Powercables
connecting, 17
Power requirements, 264
Power supply
ordering, 8
Print characterisitics commands, 134
Print characteristics
commands, 134
Print commands, 118
Print density
receipt, 265
Novembery 2003
333
Index
7167 Owners Manual
setting, 68
Print head gap adjustment test modes
setting, 64
Print problems, 51
too light, 50
Print speed, 76
Print timing, 76
Print zones
receipt station, 271
slip station, 272
Printer
configuration, 54
Printer configuration
setting, 54
Printer emulations
setting, 64
Printer function commands, 103
Printer status
commands, 163
Printer status commands, 163
Printhead
impact, 5
thermal, 5
Printhead, thermal
cleaning, 9
over/under temperature, 50
Printing, continuous
limitations of, 266
Problems, 48
contacting a service representative, 52
forms skew or catch, 51
knife failure, 49
paper jam, 49
paper out, 49
print is light or spotty, 51
printhead over/under temperature, 50
Protocol, RS-232C
DTR/DSR, 77
XON/XOFF, 77
R
Real time
commands, 178
Real time commands, 178
alternate implementation, 178
preferred implementation, 178
using, 178
Receipt station
character dot patterns, 267
print zones, 271
Receipt test modes
setting, 62
Reliability, 265
Removing packing material, 12
Repacking printer, 13
Reset, 16
Ribbon cassette
changing, 23
ordering, 7
Rotated characters
dot patterns, 270
Rotated printing
334
summary, 153
RS 232 interface
setting, 58
RS 232 interface settings, 58
RS-232C interface, 76
cash drawer connector, 80
communication connector, 78
DTR/DSR protocol, 77
parameters, 81
setting extra options, 81
technical specifications, 78
XON/XOFF protocol, 77
S
Scan
setting, 71
Setting switches, 15
RS-232C parameters, 81
Setup mode. See Level 1 diagnostics
Slip station
character dot patterns, 268
print zones, 272
Slip test modes
setting, 61
Specifications, 263
Speed, 76
Standard pitch
dot patterns, 268
Supplies
cashdrawer, 8
communicationcables, 8
forms, 7
paper, 6
power cord, 8
power supply, 8
ribbon cassette, 7
shipped separately, 11
Switch settings, 15
Switch Settings
RS-232C parameters, 81
T
Technical specifications
Thermal paper
ordering, 6
requirements, 6
suppliers, 6
Thermal printhead. See Printhead
cleaning, 9
print density, 265
Timing, 76
Troubleshooting. See Problems
Turning on the printer, 19
U
User data storage
commands, 219
Novembery 2003
7167 Owners Manual
Index
User data storage commands, 219

Using real time commands, 178
W
Weight, of printer, 265
Vertical Positioning Commands, 118

XON/XOFF protocol, 77
Novembery 2003
335

NCR 7167 Owners Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NCR 7167 Owners Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NCR7167TwoStationPOSPrinter

SettingUpthePrinter .................................................... page9

Diagnostics .................................................................... page53

How to Use this Book

Who Should Use this Book?

How to Obtain More Information

7167 Two - Station POS Printer: Service Manual (B005-000-1407)

7167 Owners Manual

7167 Owners Manual

Running the Edgeport Utility ............................................................................................ 45

7167 Owners Manual

Macro Commands ............................................................................................................. 96

7167 Owners Manual

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

7167 Owners Manual

Features and Options

Drop-in paper loading requiring no spindle or threading paper

Form alignment sensors and Slip In LED indicator

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

Receipt and Slip Print Stations

Not supported by model 7167-1035 and 7167-2035.

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

7167 Owners Manual

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

Thermal Print Head

Impact Print Head

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

7167 Owners Manual

Ordering Paper and Supplies

Ordering Thermal Receipt Paper

For improved archiveability and added resistance to

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

Front insertion (minimum):

Ordering Ribbon Cassettes

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

7167 Owners Manual

Ordering Other Supplies

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Thermal Print Head

Cleaning the Scanner Sensor

Chapter 1: About the 7167 Printer

7167 Owners Manual

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer

Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer

What Is in the Box?

Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer

7167 Owners Manual

Removing the Packing Material

7167 Owners Manual

Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer

Re Packing the Printer

Chapter 2: Setting Up and Using the Printer

7167 Owners Manual

c) Wall mounted Power Supply (Option)

10mm (.39 in)

175mm (6.89 in)